| blob | f7cd4e41d74c9af18328a327b3c119a37e6ed203 |
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (16775 26715))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 Play 5x5.
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
64 ;;;***
65 \f
66 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
67 ;;;;;; (16561 46414))
68 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
71 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
72 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
73 extensions.
74 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
75 name
80 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
82 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
96 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
102 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
108 If you use imenu.el:
111 If you use find-file.el:
116 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
118 If you use ada-xref.el:
125 ;;;***
126 \f
127 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
128 ;;;;;; (16507 41097))
129 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
132 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
136 ;;;***
137 \f
138 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
139 ;;;;;; (16783 21522))
140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
143 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
144 Completion is available.
148 ;;;***
149 \f
150 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
151 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
152 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
153 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
154 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (16816 23720))
155 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
158 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
159 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
165 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
171 *Electronic mail addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
172 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
173 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
174 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
180 Prompt for a change log name.
187 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
188 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
189 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
190 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
192 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
193 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
194 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
196 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
197 current buffer to the complete file name.
198 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
203 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
204 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
205 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
207 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
208 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
210 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
212 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
213 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
214 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
216 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
217 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
218 the same person.
220 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
221 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
222 notices.
224 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
225 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
230 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
231 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
232 the change log file in another window.
238 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
239 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
240 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
241 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
242 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
247 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
253 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
257 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
260 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
262 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
263 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
264 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
265 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
266 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
268 Has a preference of looking backwards.
273 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
274 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
275 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
276 or a buffer.
278 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
279 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
284 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
288 ;;;***
289 \f
290 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
291 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (16775
292 ;;;;;; 26709))
293 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
296 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
297 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
298 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
299 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
300 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
301 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
302 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
303 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
309 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
310 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
311 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
312 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
313 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
314 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
320 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
321 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
322 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
323 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
324 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
325 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
326 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
327 will be overwritten with the new one.
328 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
329 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
330 will clear the cache.
335 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
336 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
338 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
339 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
340 BODY... )
342 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
343 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
344 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
345 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
346 see also `ad-add-advice'.
347 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
348 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
349 before/around/after-advices will be used.
350 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
351 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
352 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
353 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
354 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
357 Semantics of the various flags:
358 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
359 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
360 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
362 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
363 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
365 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
366 advised function should be compiled.
368 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
369 during activation until somebody enables it.
371 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
372 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
373 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
374 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
376 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
377 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
378 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
379 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
380 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
381 during preloading.
383 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
387 ;;;***
388 \f
389 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
390 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
391 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (16780 55376))
392 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
395 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
396 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
397 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
398 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
399 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
400 rule's `separate' attribute).
402 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
403 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
404 `separate' attribute set.
406 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
407 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
408 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
409 on the format of these lists.
414 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
415 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
416 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
417 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
418 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
419 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
420 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
421 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
422 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
423 options.
425 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
426 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
428 Fred (123) 456-7890
429 Alice (123) 456-7890
430 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
431 Joe (123) 456-7890
433 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
435 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
478 ;;;***
479 \f
480 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-init) "allout" "allout.el" (16775 26705))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
484 Prime `allout-mode' to enable/disable auto-activation, wrt `allout-layout'.
486 MODE is one of the following symbols:
488 - nil (or no argument) deactivate auto-activation/layout;
489 - `activate', enable auto-activation only;
490 - `ask', enable auto-activation, and enable auto-layout but with
491 confirmation for layout operation solicited from user each time;
492 - `report', just report and return the current auto-activation state;
493 - anything else (eg, t) for auto-activation and auto-layout, without
494 any confirmation check.
496 Use this function to setup your Emacs session for automatic activation
497 of allout outline mode, contingent to the buffer-specific setting of
498 the `allout-layout' variable. (See `allout-layout' and
499 `allout-expose-topic' docstrings for more details on auto layout).
501 `allout-init' works by setting up (or removing)
502 `allout-find-file-hook' in `find-file-hook', and giving
503 `allout-auto-activation' a suitable setting.
505 To prime your Emacs session for full auto-outline operation, include
506 the following two lines in your Emacs init file:
508 \(require 'allout)
509 \(allout-init t)
513 ;;;***
514 \f
515 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
516 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (16746 18215))
517 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
522 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
523 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
524 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
525 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
526 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
531 Not documented
535 ;;;***
536 \f
537 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
538 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (16442 4954))
539 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
542 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
543 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
544 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
545 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
546 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
547 in the current window.
552 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
553 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
558 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
563 ;;;***
564 \f
565 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
566 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (16213 43266))
567 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
570 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
575 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
577 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
578 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
579 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
580 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
582 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
583 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
585 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
589 ;;;***
590 \f
591 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
592 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (16377 12872))
593 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
596 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
597 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
598 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
599 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
602 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
604 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
605 the rules.
607 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
608 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
609 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
610 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
615 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
621 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
622 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
626 ;;;***
627 \f
628 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
629 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
630 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
631 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (16547 17258))
632 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
635 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
636 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
652 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
658 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
664 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
670 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
676 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
682 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
683 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
688 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
693 Create the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
694 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
695 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
696 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
697 NUMBER hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
698 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
703 Toggle checking of appointments.
704 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
705 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
709 ;;;***
710 \f
711 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
712 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable) "apropos" "apropos.el"
713 ;;;;;; (16768 48631))
714 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
717 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
718 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
719 normal variables.
726 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
727 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
728 noninteractive functions.
730 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
731 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
736 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
741 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
742 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
743 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
744 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
749 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
750 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
751 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
752 Returns list of symbols and values found.
757 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
758 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
759 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
760 bindings.
761 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
765 ;;;***
766 \f
767 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (16534
768 ;;;;;; 3807))
769 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
772 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
773 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
774 Letters no longer insert themselves.
775 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
776 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
778 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
779 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
780 archive.
786 ;;;***
787 \f
788 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (16213 43267))
789 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
792 Major mode for editing arrays.
794 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
795 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
796 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
798 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
800 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
801 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
802 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
804 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
805 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
806 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
807 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
808 The variables are:
810 Variables you assign:
811 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
812 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
813 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
814 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
815 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
816 row numbers in the buffer.
818 Variables which are calculated:
819 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
820 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
822 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
823 take a numeric prefix argument):
841 between that of point and mark.
849 newlines inside rows)
853 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
857 ;;;***
858 \f
859 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (16572
860 ;;;;;; 19411))
861 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
864 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
865 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
866 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
868 How to quit artist mode
873 How to submit a bug report
878 Drawing with the mouse:
880 mouse-2
881 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
882 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
883 below).
885 mouse-1
886 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
887 or pastes:
889 Operation Not shifted Shifted
890 --------------------------------------------------------------
891 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
892 to new point
893 --------------------------------------------------------------
894 Line Line in any direction Straight line
895 --------------------------------------------------------------
896 Rectangle Rectangle Square
897 --------------------------------------------------------------
898 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
899 --------------------------------------------------------------
900 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
901 --------------------------------------------------------------
902 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
903 --------------------------------------------------------------
904 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
905 --------------------------------------------------------------
906 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
907 --------------------------------------------------------------
908 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
909 lines
910 --------------------------------------------------------------
911 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
912 --------------------------------------------------------------
913 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
914 --------------------------------------------------------------
915 Paste Paste Paste
916 --------------------------------------------------------------
917 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
918 --------------------------------------------------------------
920 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
921 or diagonally.
923 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
924 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
925 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
926 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
927 poly-lines.
929 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
930 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
931 overwrite means the opposite.
933 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
934 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
935 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
937 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
939 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
940 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
942 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
943 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
944 are currently drawing something.
946 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
947 some time to fill.
950 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
951 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
954 Settings
956 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
958 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
960 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
962 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
964 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
965 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
967 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
970 Drawing with keys
973 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
975 When erase characters: toggles erasing
976 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
977 When pasting: Pastes
981 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
991 Arrows
994 of the line/poly-line
997 of the line/poly-line
1000 Selecting operation
1002 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1026 Variables
1028 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1031 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1032 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1033 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1034 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1035 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1036 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1037 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1038 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1039 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1040 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1041 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1042 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1043 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1044 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1045 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1046 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1047 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1048 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1049 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1051 Hooks
1053 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1054 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1057 Keymap summary
1063 ;;;***
1064 \f
1065 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (16764
1066 ;;;;;; 51521))
1067 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1070 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1071 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1078 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1081 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1082 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1084 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1086 Special commands:
1091 ;;;***
1092 \f
1093 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1094 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
1095 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1103 This command is obsolete.
1107 ;;;***
1108 \f
1109 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1110 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
1111 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1114 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1115 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1116 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1122 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1123 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1125 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1126 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1128 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1130 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1132 For example:
1134 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1144 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1145 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1146 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1152 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1153 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1156 &c to supply digit arguments.
1162 ;;;***
1163 \f
1164 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1165 ;;;;;; (16775 26716))
1166 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1169 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1173 ;;;***
1174 \f
1175 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1176 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (16793 54109))
1177 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1180 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1181 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1186 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1187 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1188 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1193 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1194 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1195 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1201 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1202 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1203 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1205 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1206 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1210 ;;;***
1211 \f
1212 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1213 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1214 ;;;;;; (16775 26709))
1215 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1218 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1219 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1220 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1221 save the buffer too.
1223 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1228 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1229 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work.
1230 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1231 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1232 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1234 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1235 directory or directories specified.
1240 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1241 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1245 ;;;***
1246 \f
1247 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1248 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1249 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (16775 26705))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1253 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1255 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1256 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1257 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1258 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1259 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1264 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1266 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1267 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1272 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1273 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1275 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1276 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1277 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1278 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1279 reflected in the current buffer.
1281 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1282 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1283 writing before you save the file!
1285 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1290 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1292 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1293 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1298 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1299 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1300 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1306 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1308 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1309 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1310 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1314 ;;;***
1315 \f
1316 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1317 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (16680 26001))
1318 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1321 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1322 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1323 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1329 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1330 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1331 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1333 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1334 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1335 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1337 Effects of the different modes:
1338 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1339 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1340 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1341 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1342 a random distance & direction.
1343 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1344 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1345 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1347 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1350 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1355 ;;;***
1356 \f
1357 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1358 ;;;;;; (16484 6599))
1359 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1362 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1364 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1365 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1367 For example:
1369 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1370 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1371 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1372 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1374 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1380 ;;;***
1381 \f
1382 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1383 ;;;;;; (16718 40975))
1384 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1387 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1388 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1389 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1394 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1395 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1396 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1397 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1398 seconds.
1402 ;;;***
1403 \f
1404 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1405 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (16213 43272))
1406 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1409 Time execution of FORMS.
1410 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1411 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1412 FORMS once.
1413 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1414 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1415 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1420 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1421 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1422 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1423 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1428 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1429 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1430 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1431 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1435 ;;;***
1436 \f
1437 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (16820
1438 ;;;;;; 16328))
1439 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1442 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1444 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1448 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1451 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1452 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1453 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1454 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1457 For third party BibTeX files, call the function `bibtex-convert-alien'
1458 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1461 Special information:
1465 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1466 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1467 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1472 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1478 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1479 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1480 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1481 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1482 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1483 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1484 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1486 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1488 ----------------------------------------------------------
1489 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1490 if that value is non-nil.
1496 ;;;***
1497 \f
1498 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1499 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1500 ;;;;;; (16719 60883))
1501 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1503 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1506 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1507 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1512 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1517 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1521 ;;;***
1522 \f
1523 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (16704
1524 ;;;;;; 8186))
1525 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1528 Play blackbox.
1529 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1531 What is blackbox?
1533 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1534 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1535 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1536 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1537 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1538 your score.
1540 Overview of play:
1543 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1544 four.
1546 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1547 movement keys.
1549 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1550 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1552 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1555 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1557 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1558 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1559 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1560 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1562 Details:
1564 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1566 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1567 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1568 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1569 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1571 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1572 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1573 denoted by the letter `R'.
1575 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1576 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1577 denoted by the letter `H'.
1579 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1580 example.
1582 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1583 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1584 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1585 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1587 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1588 ray.
1590 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1591 degree deflection it causes.
1593 1
1594 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1595 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1596 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1597 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1598 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1599 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1600 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1601 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1602 2 3
1604 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1605 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1608 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1609 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1610 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1611 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1612 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1613 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1614 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1615 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1617 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1618 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1619 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1620 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1621 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1622 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1623 emerging from the box.
1625 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1627 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1628 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1629 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1630 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1631 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1632 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1633 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1634 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1636 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1637 a reflection.
1641 ;;;***
1642 \f
1643 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1644 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1645 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
1646 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (16588 19249))
1647 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1653 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1654 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1655 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1656 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1673 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1674 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1675 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1677 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1678 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1679 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1680 recent one.
1682 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1683 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1684 yank successive words.
1686 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1687 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1688 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1689 name of the file being visited.
1692 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1693 the list of bookmarks.)
1698 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1699 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1700 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1701 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1702 this.
1704 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1705 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1706 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1707 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1712 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1713 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1714 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1715 after a bookmark was set in it.
1720 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1721 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1722 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
1729 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1730 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1731 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1733 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1734 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1735 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1737 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1738 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1739 name.
1744 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1745 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1746 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1747 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1748 this.
1753 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1754 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1755 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1757 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1758 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1759 probably because we were called from there.
1764 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1765 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
1770 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1771 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1772 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1773 \(second argument).
1775 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1776 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1777 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1778 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1779 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1781 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1783 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1784 `bookmark-default-file'.
1789 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1790 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1791 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1792 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1793 while loading.
1795 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1796 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1797 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1798 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1799 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1800 explicitly.
1802 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1803 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1805 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
1810 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1811 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1812 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1813 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
1821 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-jump))) map))
1823 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
1825 ;;;***
1826 \f
1827 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1828 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1829 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1830 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1831 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
1832 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1833 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1834 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
1835 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (16783 21522))
1836 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1838 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
1839 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1840 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1841 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1843 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1844 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1845 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1846 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1849 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
1851 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1852 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1853 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1854 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1855 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1856 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
1858 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
1860 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1861 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1862 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1863 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1864 narrowed.
1866 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
1868 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1869 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
1871 \(fn)" t nil)
1873 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1874 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
1876 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
1878 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1879 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1880 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1881 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1883 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
1885 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1886 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1887 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1888 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1890 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1892 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1893 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1894 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1895 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1896 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1897 to use.
1899 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1901 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
1902 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
1903 Default to the URL around or before point.
1905 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1906 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
1907 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1908 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1910 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1911 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1913 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Galeon, Netscape,
1914 Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, MMM, Konqueror, and then W3.
1916 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
1918 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1919 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1920 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1921 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1923 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1924 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1925 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1926 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1928 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1929 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1931 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1933 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
1934 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
1935 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1936 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
1938 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1939 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
1940 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1941 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1943 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
1944 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
1945 new tab in an existing window instead.
1947 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1948 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1950 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1952 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
1953 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
1954 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1955 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
1957 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1958 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
1959 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1960 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1962 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
1963 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
1964 new tab in an existing window instead.
1966 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1967 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1969 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1971 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
1972 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
1973 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1974 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
1976 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1977 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
1978 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
1979 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1981 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1982 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1984 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1986 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1987 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1989 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1990 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1991 program is invoked according to the variable
1992 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1994 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1995 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1996 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1997 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1999 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2000 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2002 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2004 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2005 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2006 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2007 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2009 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2011 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2012 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2013 Default to the URL around or before point.
2015 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2016 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2017 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2019 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2020 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2021 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2022 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2024 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2025 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2027 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2029 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2030 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2031 Default to the URL around or before point.
2033 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2035 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2036 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2037 Default to the URL around or before point.
2039 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2040 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2041 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2043 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2044 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2046 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2048 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2049 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2050 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2051 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2053 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2055 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2056 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2057 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2058 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2059 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2061 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2063 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2064 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2065 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2066 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2068 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2069 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2070 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2071 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2073 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2074 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2076 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2078 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2079 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2080 Default to the URL around or before point.
2082 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2084 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2085 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2086 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2087 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2088 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2089 current one.
2091 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2092 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2093 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2094 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2096 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2097 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2099 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2101 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2102 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2103 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2104 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2105 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2106 don't offer a form of remote control.
2108 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2110 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2111 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2112 Default to the URL around or before point.
2114 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2116 ;;;***
2117 \f
2118 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (16213
2119 ;;;;;; 43281))
2120 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2122 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2123 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2125 \(fn)" t nil)
2127 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2128 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2130 \(fn)" nil nil)
2132 ;;;***
2133 \f
2134 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2135 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (16704 8186))
2136 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2138 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2139 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2140 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2141 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2143 \(fn)" t nil)
2145 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2146 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2147 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2148 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2150 \(fn)" t nil)
2152 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2153 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2155 \(fn)" t nil)
2157 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2158 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2160 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2161 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2162 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2167 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2168 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2169 name of buffer configuration.
2171 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2173 ;;;***
2174 \f
2175 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2176 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (16750
2177 ;;;;;; 18527))
2178 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2180 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "
" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2181 Keymap used by buttons.")
2183 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2184 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2185 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2187 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2188 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2189 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2190 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2191 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2192 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2194 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2195 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2196 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2197 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2199 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2201 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2202 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2203 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2204 specifying properties to add to the button.
2205 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2206 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2207 `define-button-type'.
2209 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2211 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2213 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2214 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2215 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2216 specifying properties to add to the button.
2217 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2218 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2219 `define-button-type'.
2221 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2223 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2225 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2226 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2227 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2228 specifying properties to add to the button.
2229 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2230 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2231 `define-button-type'.
2233 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2234 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2235 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2236 `make-text-button'.
2238 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2240 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2242 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2243 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2244 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2245 specifying properties to add to the button.
2246 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2247 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2248 `define-button-type'.
2250 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2251 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2252 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2253 `insert-text-button'.
2255 Also see `make-text-button'.
2257 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2259 ;;;***
2260 \f
2261 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2262 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2263 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2264 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2265 ;;;;;; (16801 58026))
2266 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2268 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2269 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2270 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2272 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2274 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2275 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2276 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2277 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2279 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2280 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2281 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2282 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2283 whether to compile it.
2285 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2287 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2288 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2290 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2292 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2293 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2294 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2295 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2296 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2298 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2300 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2301 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2302 Print the result in the echo area.
2303 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2305 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2307 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2308 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2309 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2311 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2313 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2314 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2315 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2316 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2317 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2318 all functions called by those functions.
2320 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2321 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2322 cons, etc.).
2324 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2325 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2326 invoked interactively.
2328 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2330 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2331 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2332 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2333 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2335 \(fn)" nil nil)
2337 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2338 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2339 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2340 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2341 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2343 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2344 already up-to-date.
2346 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2348 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2349 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2350 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2351 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2353 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2355 ;;;***
2356 \f
2357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (16630 17322))
2358 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2360 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2362 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2364 ;;;***
2365 \f
2366 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2367 ;;;;;; (16436 34880))
2368 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2370 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2371 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2372 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2373 from the cursor position.
2375 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2377 ;;;***
2378 \f
2379 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2380 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2381 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (16816
2382 ;;;;;; 23730))
2383 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2385 (defvar calc-settings-file user-init-file "\
2386 *File in which to record permanent settings; default is `user-init-file'.")
2387 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2389 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2390 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2394 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2397 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2399 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2400 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2402 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2404 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2405 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2407 \(fn)" t nil)
2409 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2410 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2411 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2412 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2414 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2416 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2418 This is most useful in the X window system.
2420 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2422 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2424 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2426 See calc-keypad for details.
2428 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2430 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2431 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2433 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2435 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2436 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2438 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2440 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2441 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2443 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2445 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2446 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2449 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2451 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2452 Not documented
2454 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2456 ;;;***
2457 \f
2458 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (16213
2459 ;;;;;; 43267))
2460 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2462 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2463 Run the Emacs calculator.
2464 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2466 \(fn)" t nil)
2468 ;;;***
2469 \f
2470 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar calendar-setup solar-holidays bahai-holidays
2471 ;;;;;; islamic-holidays christian-holidays hebrew-holidays other-holidays
2472 ;;;;;; local-holidays oriental-holidays general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer
2473 ;;;;;; diary-list-include-blanks nongregorian-diary-marking-hook
2474 ;;;;;; mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook diary-display-hook
2475 ;;;;;; diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2476 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2477 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2478 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2479 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2480 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2481 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2482 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2483 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2484 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2485 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2486 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2487 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2488 ;;;;;; (16738 29931))
2489 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2491 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2492 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2493 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2495 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar")
2497 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2498 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2499 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2500 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2501 the screen.")
2503 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar")
2505 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2506 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2507 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2508 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2509 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2510 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2512 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar")
2514 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2515 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2517 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2518 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2519 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2520 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2522 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2523 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2524 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2525 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2526 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2528 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2529 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2530 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2532 (custom-autoload (quote number-of-diary-entries) "calendar")
2534 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2535 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2536 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2538 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar")
2540 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2541 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2542 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2544 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar")
2546 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2547 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2548 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2549 displayed.")
2551 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar")
2553 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2554 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2555 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2557 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar")
2559 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2560 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2561 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2563 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2565 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2567 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2568 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2569 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2571 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2572 calendar.")
2574 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2576 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2577 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2578 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2580 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2581 calendar.")
2583 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2585 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2586 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2587 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2589 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2590 calendar.")
2592 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2594 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2595 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2596 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2598 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar")
2600 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2601 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2602 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2603 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2604 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2606 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar")
2608 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2609 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2610 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2611 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2612 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2613 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2614 a function is also provided for this:
2615 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2617 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2618 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2619 date is not visible in the window.
2621 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2622 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2623 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2625 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2627 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2628 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2630 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2631 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2632 date is visible in the window.
2634 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2635 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2636 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2638 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2640 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2641 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2643 For example,
2645 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2647 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2649 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar")
2651 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2652 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2654 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
2655 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
2657 MONTH/DAY
2658 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2659 MONTHNAME DAY
2660 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2661 DAYNAME
2663 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
2664 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
2665 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
2666 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
2667 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
2668 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
2669 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
2670 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
2671 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
2672 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
2673 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
2674 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
2675 in every week.
2677 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
2678 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
2679 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
2680 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
2682 DAY/MONTH
2683 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2684 DAY MONTHNAME
2685 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2686 DAYNAME
2688 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2689 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2691 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2692 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2693 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2694 window but will appear in a diary window.
2696 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2697 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2699 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2700 entries (in the default American style):
2702 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2703 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2704 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2705 21: Payday
2706 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2707 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2708 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2709 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2710 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2711 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2712 &* 15 time cards due.
2714 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2715 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2716 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2717 single diary entry
2719 02/11/1989
2720 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2721 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2722 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2723 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2724 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2725 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2727 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2728 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2729 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2731 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2733 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2736 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
2737 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
2738 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
2739 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2740 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2741 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2742 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
2743 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
2744 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
2745 details.
2747 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
2748 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
2749 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
2750 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
2751 documentation for these functions for details.
2753 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2754 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2756 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar")
2758 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2759 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2761 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar")
2763 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2764 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2766 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2768 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2769 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2771 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2773 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
2774 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
2776 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2778 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2779 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2780 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2782 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar")
2784 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2785 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2786 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2788 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2790 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2791 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2792 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
2793 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
2794 full.")
2796 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar")
2798 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2799 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2800 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2801 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
2802 are
2804 DAY/MONTH
2805 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2806 DAY MONTHNAME
2807 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2808 DAYNAME
2810 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
2811 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
2812 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period. To take effect,
2813 this variable should be set before the calendar package and its associates
2814 are loaded. Otherwise, use one of the functions `european-calendar' or
2815 `american-calendar' to force the appropriate update.")
2817 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar")
2819 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2820 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2821 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2823 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2825 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2826 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2827 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2829 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2831 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2832 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2833 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2835 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2837 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2838 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2839 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2841 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2843 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2844 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2845 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2846 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2847 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2848 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2850 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2852 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2853 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2854 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2856 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2857 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2858 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2859 of the form
2863 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2865 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2866 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2867 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2869 For example, you could use
2871 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2872 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2873 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2875 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2876 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2877 lexicographic order.")
2879 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2881 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2882 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2883 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2885 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar")
2887 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2888 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2889 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2890 diary display.
2892 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2893 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2894 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2895 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2896 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2897 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2898 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2900 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2901 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2902 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2903 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2904 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2905 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2906 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2907 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2909 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar")
2911 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2912 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2913 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
2914 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
2915 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
2916 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2917 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2919 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar")
2921 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2922 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2924 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2925 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2926 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2927 of the form
2929 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2931 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2932 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2933 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2935 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2937 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2938 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2939 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
2940 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
2941 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
2942 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2943 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2945 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar")
2947 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2948 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2949 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2950 are holidays.")
2952 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar")
2954 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2955 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2956 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2957 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2958 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2960 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar")
2962 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2964 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2965 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2966 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2968 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar")
2970 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2972 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2973 *Oriental holidays.
2974 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2976 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar")
2978 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2980 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2981 *Local holidays.
2982 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2984 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar")
2986 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2988 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2989 *User defined holidays.
2990 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2992 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar")
2994 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2996 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2998 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3000 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3002 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3004 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3006 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3008 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3010 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3012 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3013 *Jewish holidays.
3014 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3016 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar")
3018 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3020 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3021 *Christian holidays.
3022 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3024 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar")
3026 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3028 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3029 *Islamic holidays.
3030 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3032 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar")
3034 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3036 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3037 *Baha'i holidays.
3038 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3040 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar")
3042 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3044 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3045 *Sun-related holidays.
3046 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3048 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar")
3050 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3052 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3053 The frame setup of the calendar.
3054 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3055 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3056 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3057 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3058 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3060 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar")
3062 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3063 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3064 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3066 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3067 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3071 ;;;***
3072 \f
3073 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3074 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (16697 49031))
3075 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3077 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3078 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3080 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3082 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3083 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3084 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3085 it fails.
3087 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3089 ;;;***
3090 \f
3091 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3092 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3093 ;;;;;; (16816 23740))
3094 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3096 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3097 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3098 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3099 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3100 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3101 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3104 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3106 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3107 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3115 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3116 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3118 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3119 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3120 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3124 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3125 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3127 Key bindings:
3130 \(fn)" t nil)
3132 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3133 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3135 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3136 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3138 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3139 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3140 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3141 message.
3145 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3146 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3148 Key bindings:
3151 \(fn)" t nil)
3153 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3154 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3157 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3158 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3160 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3161 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3162 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3163 message.
3167 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3168 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3170 Key bindings:
3173 \(fn)" t nil)
3175 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3176 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3179 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3180 Major mode for editing Java code.
3182 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3183 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3184 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3185 message.
3189 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3190 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3192 Key bindings:
3195 \(fn)" t nil)
3197 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3198 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3201 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3202 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3204 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3205 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3206 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3207 message.
3211 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3212 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3214 Key bindings:
3217 \(fn)" t nil)
3219 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3220 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3222 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3224 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3225 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3227 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3228 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3229 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3230 message.
3234 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3235 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3237 Key bindings:
3240 \(fn)" t nil)
3242 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3243 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3244 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3245 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3246 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3248 ;;;***
3249 \f
3250 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3251 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (16667 39430))
3252 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3254 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3255 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
3256 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
3257 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
3258 for details of setting up styles.
3260 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
3261 style name.
3263 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is t, no style variables that
3264 already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
3265 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
3266 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
3267 will be reassigned.
3269 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, only those style variables that
3270 have default (i.e. non-buffer local) values will keep their settings
3271 while the rest will be overridden. This is useful to avoid overriding
3272 global settings done in ~/.emacs when setting a style from a mode hook
3273 \(providing the style variables are buffer local, which is the
3274 default).
3276 Obviously, setting DONT-OVERRIDE to t is useful mainly when the
3277 initial style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since
3278 that is done internally by CC Mode, it typically won't have any effect
3279 when used elsewhere.
3281 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3283 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3284 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3285 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3286 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3288 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3290 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3291 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3292 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3294 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3296 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3297 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3298 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3299 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3300 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3302 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3304 ;;;***
3305 \f
3306 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3307 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3308 ;;;;;; (16585 28856))
3309 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3311 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3312 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3314 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3316 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3317 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3319 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3321 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3322 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3324 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3325 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3326 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3327 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3328 execution.
3330 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3332 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3334 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3335 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3337 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3338 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3339 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3340 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3342 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3343 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3344 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3345 `write' commands.
3347 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3348 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3349 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3350 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3352 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3353 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3354 semantics.
3356 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3358 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3360 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3362 STATEMENT :=
3363 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3364 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3366 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3367 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3368 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3369 | integer
3371 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3373 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3374 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3375 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3377 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3378 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3379 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3381 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3382 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3384 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3385 BREAK := (break)
3387 REPEAT :=
3388 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3389 (repeat)
3390 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3391 ;; (repeat))
3392 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3393 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3394 ;; (read REG)
3395 ;; (repeat))
3396 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3397 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3398 ;; (read REG)
3399 ;; (repeat))
3400 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3402 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3403 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3404 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3405 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3406 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3407 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3408 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3409 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3410 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3411 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3412 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3413 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3414 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3415 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3416 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3417 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3419 WRITE :=
3420 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3421 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3422 ;; representation.
3423 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3424 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3425 ;; (write r7))
3426 | (write EXPRESSION)
3427 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3428 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3429 ;; representation.
3430 | (write integer)
3431 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3432 ;; buffer.
3433 | (write string)
3434 ;; Same as: (write string)
3435 | string
3436 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3437 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3438 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3439 ;; representation.
3440 | (write REG ARRAY)
3441 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3442 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3443 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3444 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3445 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3446 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3448 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3449 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3451 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3452 END := (end)
3454 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3455 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3456 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3458 ARG := REG | integer
3460 OPERATOR :=
3461 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3462 + | - | * | / | %
3464 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3465 | & | `|' | ^
3467 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3468 | << | >>
3470 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3471 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3472 | <8
3474 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3475 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3476 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3477 | >8
3479 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3480 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3481 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3482 | //
3484 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3485 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3487 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3488 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3489 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3490 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3491 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3492 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3493 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3494 | de-sjis
3496 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3497 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3498 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3499 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3500 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3501 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3502 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3503 ;; byte of SJIS.
3504 | en-sjis
3506 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3507 ;; Same meaning as C code
3508 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3510 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3511 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3512 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3513 | <8=
3515 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3516 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3517 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3519 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3520 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3521 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3522 | //=
3524 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3527 TRANSLATE :=
3528 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3529 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3530 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3531 LOOKUP :=
3532 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3533 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3534 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3535 MAP :=
3536 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3537 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3538 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3539 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3540 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3541 MAP-ID := integer
3543 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3545 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3546 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3547 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3548 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3549 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3550 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3552 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3554 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3555 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3556 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3558 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3560 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3562 ;;;***
3563 \f
3564 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3565 ;;;;;; (16534 3809))
3566 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3568 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
3569 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3570 There are no special keybindings by default.
3573 to the action header.
3575 \(fn)" t nil)
3577 ;;;***
3578 \f
3579 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3580 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3581 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3582 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3583 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3584 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3585 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3586 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3587 ;;;;;; (16709 44237))
3588 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3590 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3591 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3592 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3593 the users will view as each check is completed.
3595 \(fn)" t nil)
3597 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3598 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3599 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3600 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3601 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3602 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3603 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3604 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3606 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3608 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3609 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3610 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3611 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3612 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3613 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3614 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3615 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3617 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3619 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3620 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3621 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3622 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3623 spacing are all verified.
3625 \(fn)" t nil)
3627 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3628 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3629 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3630 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3631 otherwise stop after the first error.
3633 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3635 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3636 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3637 Only documentation strings are checked.
3638 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3639 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3640 a separate buffer.
3642 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3644 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3645 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3646 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3647 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3648 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3650 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3652 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3653 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3654 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3655 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3656 if there is one.
3658 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3660 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3661 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3662 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3663 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3664 if there is one.
3665 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3667 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3669 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3670 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3671 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3673 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3675 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3676 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3677 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3678 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3679 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3681 \(fn)" t nil)
3683 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3684 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3685 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3686 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3687 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3688 space at the end of each line.
3690 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3692 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3693 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3694 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3695 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3697 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3699 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3700 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3701 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3702 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3704 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3706 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3707 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3708 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3709 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3711 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3713 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3714 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3715 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3716 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3718 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3720 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3721 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3722 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3723 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3725 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3727 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3728 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3729 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3730 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3732 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3734 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3735 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3736 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3737 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3739 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3741 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3742 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3743 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3744 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3746 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3748 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3749 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3750 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3751 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3753 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3755 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3756 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3757 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3759 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3760 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3761 checking of documentation strings.
3765 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3767 ;;;***
3768 \f
3769 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3770 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (16213
3771 ;;;;;; 43280))
3772 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3774 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3775 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3776 Return the length of resulting text.
3778 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3780 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3781 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3783 \(fn)" t nil)
3785 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3786 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3787 Return the length of resulting text.
3789 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3791 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3792 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3794 \(fn)" t nil)
3796 ;;;***
3797 \f
3798 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3799 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (16213 43267))
3800 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3802 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3803 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3804 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3805 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3806 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3807 editing and the result is evaluated.
3809 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3811 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3812 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3813 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3814 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3815 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3817 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3819 \(fn)" t nil)
3821 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3822 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3823 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3824 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3825 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3827 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3828 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3831 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3832 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3834 \(fn)" t nil)
3836 ;;;***
3837 \f
3838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (16764 51520))
3839 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3841 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3842 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3843 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3844 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3845 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3846 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3848 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3849 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3851 ;;;***
3852 \f
3853 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3854 ;;;;;; (16680 26003))
3855 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3857 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
3858 Not documented
3860 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3862 ;;;***
3863 \f
3864 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3865 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
3866 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3868 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3869 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3870 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3871 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3873 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3874 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3875 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3877 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3878 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3880 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3882 ;;;***
3883 \f
3884 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (16718
3885 ;;;;;; 40975))
3886 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3888 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3889 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3890 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3891 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3892 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3893 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3896 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3897 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3899 ;;;***
3900 \f
3901 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
3902 ;;;;;; (16589 26258))
3903 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
3905 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
3906 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
3907 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
3908 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
3909 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
3910 ?* is used.
3911 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
3913 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
3914 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
3915 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
3917 ;;;***
3918 \f
3919 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3920 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3921 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (16216 22162))
3922 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3924 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3925 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3926 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3927 ASCII table.
3929 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3930 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3931 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3932 decoder and encoder created by this function.
3934 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
3936 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3937 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3938 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3940 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3942 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3943 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3944 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3946 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3948 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3949 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3950 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3952 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3954 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3955 Return an alist of supported codepages.
3957 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
3958 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
3959 for the character set supported by that codepage.
3961 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
3962 is a vector, and has a charset property.
3964 \(fn)" nil nil)
3966 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3967 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
3969 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
3970 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
3971 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
3973 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
3975 ;;;***
3976 \f
3977 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3978 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3979 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3980 ;;;;;; (16810 63790))
3981 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3983 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3984 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3985 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3986 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3987 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3988 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3989 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3990 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3992 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3994 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3996 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3997 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3998 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3999 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4000 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4001 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4002 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4003 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4005 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4007 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4009 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4010 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4011 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4012 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4013 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4014 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4016 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4018 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4019 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4020 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4022 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4024 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4026 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4027 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4028 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4030 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4032 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4034 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4035 Send COMMAND to current process.
4036 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4037 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4039 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4041 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4042 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4043 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4044 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4046 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4048 ;;;***
4049 \f
4050 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (16810
4051 ;;;;;; 63790))
4052 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4054 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4055 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4056 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4057 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4059 This command pushes the mark in each window
4060 at the prior location of point in that window.
4061 If both windows display the same buffer,
4062 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4063 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4065 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4066 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4067 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4068 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4069 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4070 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4071 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4072 ignored.
4074 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4075 this command work in interlaced mode:
4076 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4077 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4078 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4080 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4082 ;;;***
4083 \f
4084 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4085 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compile compilation-search-path
4086 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4087 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (16805 44924))
4088 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4090 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4091 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
4093 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile")
4095 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4096 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4098 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile")
4100 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4101 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4102 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4103 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4104 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4105 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4106 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4108 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4109 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4110 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4111 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4114 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4115 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4116 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4117 describing how the process finished.")
4119 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4120 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4121 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4122 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4124 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4126 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4128 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile")
4130 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4131 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4132 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4133 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4135 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile")
4137 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4138 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4139 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4140 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4142 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4143 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4146 and move to the source code that caused it.
4148 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4149 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4150 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4151 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4153 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4154 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4156 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4157 subprocesses.
4159 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4160 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4161 to a function that generates a unique name.
4163 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4165 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4166 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4171 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see).
4175 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4177 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4178 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4179 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4180 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4181 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4182 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4183 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4187 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4188 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4189 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4190 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4191 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4192 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4196 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4197 Not documented
4199 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4201 ;;;***
4202 \f
4203 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4204 ;;;;;; (16377 12871))
4205 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4207 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4208 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4209 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4210 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4213 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete")
4215 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4216 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4217 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4219 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4220 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4221 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4222 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4224 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4225 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4227 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
4229 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4232 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4236 ;;;***
4237 \f
4238 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4239 ;;;;;; (16581 41633))
4240 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4242 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4243 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4245 \(fn)" t nil)
4247 ;;;***
4248 \f
4249 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4250 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4251 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4252 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (16702 49512))
4253 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4255 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4256 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4257 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4258 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4259 `make-composition'.
4261 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4263 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4264 | | 1:tc or top-center
4265 | | 2:tr or top-right
4266 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4267 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4268 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4269 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4270 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4271 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4273 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4274 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4275 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4276 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4277 be added.
4279 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4280 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4281 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4283 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4284 | | |
4285 | global| |
4286 | glyph | |
4287 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4288 +----+--*--+
4289 | | new |
4290 | |glyph|
4291 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4292 ")
4294 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4295 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4296 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4297 \(see reference-point-alist).
4299 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4301 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4302 Compose characters in the current region.
4304 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4305 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4307 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4309 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4310 specifying the region.
4312 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4313 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4314 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4316 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4317 of the text in the region.
4319 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4321 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4322 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4323 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4324 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4326 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4327 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4328 detail.
4330 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4331 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4332 text in the composition.
4334 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4336 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4337 Decompose text in the current region.
4339 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4340 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4342 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4344 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4345 Compose characters in string STRING.
4347 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4348 the characters in it.
4350 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4351 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
4352 STRING respectively.
4354 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4355 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4356 `compose-region' for more detail.
4358 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4359 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4360 text in the composition.
4362 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4364 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4365 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4367 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4369 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4370 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4371 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4372 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4373 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4374 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4375 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4376 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4378 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4380 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4381 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4383 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4384 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4386 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4387 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4389 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4390 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4392 If no composition is found, return nil.
4394 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4395 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4397 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4398 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4399 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4401 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4403 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4405 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4406 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4407 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4409 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4411 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4413 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4415 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4416 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4418 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4419 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4420 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4421 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4422 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4423 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4424 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4425 nil.
4427 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4428 is:
4429 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4430 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4432 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4434 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4435 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4437 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4439 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4441 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4442 Compose last characters.
4443 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4444 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4445 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4446 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4447 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4448 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4449 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4450 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4451 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4452 after a sequence character events.
4454 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
4455 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4457 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4458 Convert CHAR to string.
4460 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4461 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4462 vector of CHAR respectively.
4463 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4465 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4467 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4469 ;;;***
4470 \f
4471 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4472 ;;;;;; conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode conf-unix-mode
4473 ;;;;;; conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (16813 38253))
4474 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4476 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4477 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4478 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4479 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4480 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4481 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4482 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4484 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4485 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4486 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4488 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4489 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4490 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4492 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4493 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4494 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4495 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4497 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4498 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4499 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4500 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4501 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4502 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4503 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4507 \(fn &optional COMMENT SYNTAX-TABLE NAME)" t nil)
4509 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4510 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4511 Comments start with `#'.
4512 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4514 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with C-c C-u
4516 \[Desktop Entry]
4517 Encoding=UTF-8
4518 Name=The GIMP
4519 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4520 Name[cs]=GIMP
4522 \(fn)" t nil)
4524 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4525 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4526 Comments start with `;'.
4527 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4529 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with C-c C-w
4531 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4532 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4533 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4535 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4536 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4538 \(fn)" t nil)
4540 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4541 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4542 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4543 between `/*' and `*/'.
4544 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4546 # Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-j (Java properties)
4547 // another kind of comment
4548 /* yet another */
4550 name:value
4551 name=value
4552 name value
4553 x.1 =
4554 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4555 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4557 \(fn)" t nil)
4559 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4560 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4562 recognized according to `conf-space-keywords'. Interactively
4563 with a prefix ARG of `0' no keywords will be recognized. With
4564 any other prefix arg you will be prompted for a regexp to match
4565 the keywords. Programmatically you can pass such a regexp as
4566 KEYWORDS, or any non-nil non-string for no keywords.
4568 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4570 # Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-s (space separated)
4572 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4573 image/png png
4574 image/tiff tiff tif
4576 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4577 class desktop
4578 # Standard multimedia devices
4579 add /dev/audio desktop
4580 add /dev/mixer desktop
4582 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4584 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4585 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4587 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4589 # Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-c (colon)
4594 \(fn &optional COMMENT SYNTAX-TABLE NAME)" t nil)
4596 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4597 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4599 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4601 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-p (PPD)
4603 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4606 \(fn)" t nil)
4608 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4609 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4611 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4613 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-x (.Xdefaults)
4615 *background: gray99
4616 *foreground: black
4618 \(fn)" t nil)
4620 ;;;***
4621 \f
4622 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4623 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (16213 43281))
4624 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4626 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
4627 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4628 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4629 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4631 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4633 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
4634 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4635 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4636 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4638 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4640 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
4641 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4642 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4643 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4645 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4647 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
4648 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4650 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4652 ;;;***
4653 \f
4654 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
4655 ;;;;;; (16675 7397))
4656 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4658 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
4659 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
4660 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4661 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4662 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4663 following the copyright are updated as well.
4664 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4665 interactively.
4667 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4669 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
4670 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4672 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4674 ;;;***
4675 \f
4676 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
4677 ;;;;;; (16805 44924))
4678 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4680 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
4681 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4682 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4683 Tab indents for Perl code.
4684 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4685 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4687 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4688 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4689 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4693 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4694 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4695 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4696 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4697 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4700 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4702 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4703 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4705 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4707 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4708 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4709 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4711 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4712 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4715 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4719 bite if angry;
4721 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4722 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4723 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4724 to nil.)
4727 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4728 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4730 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4732 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4733 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4734 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4736 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4740 if (A) { B }
4742 into
4744 B if A;
4748 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4749 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4750 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4751 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4752 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4753 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4754 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4755 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4756 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4757 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4758 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4759 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4762 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4764 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4765 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4766 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4767 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4769 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4771 man via menu.
4773 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4774 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4775 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4776 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4780 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4781 span the needed amount of lines.
4783 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4784 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4785 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4786 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4788 Variables controlling indentation style:
4789 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4790 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4791 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4792 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4793 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4794 `cperl-auto-newline'
4795 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4796 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4798 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4799 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4800 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4801 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4802 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4803 `cperl-indent-level'
4804 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4805 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4806 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4807 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4808 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4809 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4810 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4811 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4812 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4813 `cperl-brace-offset'
4814 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4815 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4816 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4817 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4818 `cperl-label-offset'
4819 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4820 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4821 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4823 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
4824 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
4825 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
4826 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
4827 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
4829 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4832 \(both available from menu).
4834 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4835 column 0 is indented on
4836 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4838 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4839 with no args.
4841 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4842 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4843 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4845 \(fn)" t nil)
4847 ;;;***
4848 \f
4849 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4850 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
4851 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4853 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
4854 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4855 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4856 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4857 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4859 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4861 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
4862 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4864 \(fn)" t nil)
4866 ;;;***
4867 \f
4868 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4869 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
4870 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4872 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4873 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4874 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4875 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4877 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4878 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4880 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
4882 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
4883 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4884 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4886 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4888 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
4890 ;;;***
4891 \f
4892 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4893 ;;;;;; (16213 43272))
4894 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4896 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
4897 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4898 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4899 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4901 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4902 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4903 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4904 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4906 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4907 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4908 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4910 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4911 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4912 'bob', and 'eve'.
4914 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4915 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4916 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4918 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4920 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4921 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4922 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4924 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4926 ;;;***
4927 \f
4928 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (16775
4929 ;;;;;; 26710))
4930 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4932 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4933 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4934 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4935 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4938 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base")
4940 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
4941 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4942 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the region (and
4943 highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'), and typed text replaces
4944 the active selection. C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v will undo, cut, copy, and
4945 paste (in addition to the normal emacs bindings).
4947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4948 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
4952 "Your " (file-name-nondirectory user-init-file) " loads an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
4957 ;;;***
4958 \f
4959 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
4960 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4961 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4962 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4963 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
4964 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4965 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4966 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4967 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (16820 16328))
4968 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4971 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
4972 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4974 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4975 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4977 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4978 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4980 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4982 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4984 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4985 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4986 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4988 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4989 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4991 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4992 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4994 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4995 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4997 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4998 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5000 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5002 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5004 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5005 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5006 Return VALUE.
5008 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5009 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5011 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5012 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5014 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5015 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5017 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5018 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5020 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5022 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5024 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5025 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5027 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5028 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5030 \(fn)" t nil)
5032 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5033 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5034 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5035 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5037 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5039 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5040 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5042 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5044 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5045 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5047 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5049 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5051 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5052 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5054 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5056 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5058 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5059 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5060 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5062 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5064 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5065 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
5066 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5067 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
5068 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5070 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
5071 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
5072 version.
5074 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5076 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5077 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5078 If FACE is nil, customize all faces.
5080 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5081 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5083 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5085 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5086 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5088 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5089 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5091 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5093 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5094 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
5096 \(fn)" t nil)
5098 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5099 Customize all user variable modified outside customize.
5101 \(fn)" t nil)
5103 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5104 Customize all already saved user options.
5106 \(fn)" t nil)
5108 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5109 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
5110 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5111 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5112 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5113 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
5114 user-settable, as well as faces and groups.
5116 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5118 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5119 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
5120 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable.
5122 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5124 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5125 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP.
5127 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5129 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5130 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP.
5132 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5134 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5135 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5136 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5137 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5138 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5139 that option.
5141 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5143 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5144 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5145 The result includes selecting that window.
5146 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5147 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5148 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5149 that option.
5151 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5153 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5154 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5156 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5158 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5159 File used for storing customization information.
5160 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5161 as specified by `user-init-file'. To make this feature work,
5162 you'll need to put something in your init file to specify
5163 the value of `custom-file'. Just customizing the variable
5164 won't suffice, because Emacs won't know which file to load
5165 unless the init file sets `custom-file'.
5167 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
5168 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
5169 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
5170 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
5172 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit")
5174 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5175 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5177 \(fn)" t nil)
5179 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5180 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5182 \(fn)" nil nil)
5184 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5185 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5186 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5188 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5190 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5191 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5192 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5193 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5194 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5196 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5198 ;;;***
5199 \f
5200 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-theme-face-value
5201 ;;;;;; custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el"
5202 ;;;;;; (16589 26258))
5203 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5205 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5206 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5208 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5210 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5211 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5212 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5213 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5215 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5217 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5218 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5219 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5220 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5221 between themes and faces.
5222 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5224 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5225 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5227 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5229 (autoload (quote custom-theme-face-value) "cus-face" "\
5230 Return spec of FACE in THEME if THEME modifies FACE.
5231 Value is nil otherwise. The association between theme and spec for FACE
5232 is stored in FACE's property `theme-face'. The appropriate face
5233 is retrieved using `custom-theme-value'.
5235 \(fn FACE THEME)" nil nil)
5237 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5238 Reset the value of the face to values previously defined.
5239 Associate this setting with THEME.
5241 ARGS is a list of lists of the form
5243 (FACE TO-THEME)
5245 This means reset FACE to its value in TO-THEME.
5247 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5249 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5250 Reset the value of the face to values previously saved.
5251 This is the setting assosiated the `user' theme.
5253 ARGS is defined as for `custom-theme-reset-faces'
5255 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5257 ;;;***
5258 \f
5259 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5260 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
5261 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5263 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5264 Create a custom theme.
5266 \(fn)" t nil)
5268 ;;;***
5269 \f
5270 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5271 ;;;;;; (16788 34908))
5272 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5274 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5275 Mode used for cvs status output.
5277 \(fn)" t nil)
5279 ;;;***
5280 \f
5281 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5282 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (16213 43281))
5283 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5285 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5286 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5288 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5289 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5290 C++ modes are included.
5292 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5294 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5296 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5297 Turn on CWarn mode.
5299 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5300 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5302 \(fn)" nil nil)
5304 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5305 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5306 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5307 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5310 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
5312 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5313 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5314 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5315 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5316 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5320 ;;;***
5321 \f
5322 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5323 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5324 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
5325 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5327 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5328 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5330 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5332 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5333 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5335 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5337 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5338 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5339 For readability, the table is slightly
5340 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5342 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5343 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5344 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5345 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5346 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5348 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5350 ;;;***
5351 \f
5352 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5353 ;;;;;; (16795 7139))
5354 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5355 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5356 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5358 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5359 Completion on current word.
5361 and presents suggestions for completion.
5363 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5364 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5365 completions.
5367 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5368 then it searches *all* buffers.
5370 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
5371 if there is a suitable one already.
5373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5375 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5378 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5379 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5380 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5381 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5382 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5384 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5385 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5387 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5388 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5389 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5391 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5392 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5396 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5398 ;;;***
5399 \f
5400 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (16213
5401 ;;;;;; 43281))
5402 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5404 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
5405 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5407 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5408 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5409 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5411 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5412 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5413 Data lines are not indented.
5415 Key bindings:
5418 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5425 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5427 dcl-basic-offset
5428 Extra indentation within blocks.
5430 dcl-continuation-offset
5431 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5433 dcl-margin-offset
5434 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5436 dcl-margin-label-offset
5437 Indentation for a label.
5439 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5440 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5442 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5443 dcl-block-end-regexp
5444 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5445 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5446 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5447 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5448 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5450 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5451 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5452 Two such functions are included in the package:
5453 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5454 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5456 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5457 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5458 One such function is included in the package:
5459 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5461 dcl-tab-always-indent
5462 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5463 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5464 margin.
5466 dcl-electric-characters
5467 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5468 typed.
5470 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5471 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5472 which words trigger electric indentation.
5474 dcl-tempo-comma
5475 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5476 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5477 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5479 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5480 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5481 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5482 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5484 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5485 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5486 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5487 dcl-imenu-label-call
5488 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5490 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5491 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5492 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5493 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5496 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5498 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5499 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5500 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5501 $ i = 1
5502 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5503 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5504 $ label:
5505 $ if i.eq.1
5506 $ then
5507 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5508 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5509 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5510 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5513 $ type sys$input
5514 Data lines are not indented at all.
5515 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5516 $ endif
5517 $
5520 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5521 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5523 \(fn)" t nil)
5525 ;;;***
5526 \f
5527 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5528 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (16213 43273))
5529 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5531 (setq debugger (quote debug))
5533 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
5535 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5536 of the evaluator.
5538 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5539 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5540 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5542 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5544 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5545 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5546 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
5547 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
5548 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
5550 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5552 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5554 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5556 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions.
5558 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5560 ;;;***
5561 \f
5562 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5563 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
5564 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5566 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
5567 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5569 \(fn)" t nil)
5571 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
5572 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5573 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5574 Upper-case letters are commands.
5576 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5577 modify it.
5579 The most useful commands are:
5583 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5587 \(fn)" t nil)
5589 ;;;***
5590 \f
5591 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5592 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (16462
5593 ;;;;;; 53446))
5594 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5596 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
5597 Customization of `columns' group.
5599 \(fn)" t nil)
5601 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
5602 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5604 START and END delimits the text region.
5606 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5608 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
5609 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5611 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5613 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5615 ;;;***
5616 \f
5617 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (16507
5618 ;;;;;; 41097))
5619 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5621 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
5628 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5630 Customization:
5632 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5633 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5634 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5635 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5636 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5637 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5638 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5639 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5640 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5641 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5642 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5643 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5644 blank line.
5645 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5646 Directories to search when finding external units.
5647 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5648 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5650 Coloring:
5652 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5653 Face used to color delphi comments.
5654 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5655 Face used to color delphi strings.
5656 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5657 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5658 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5659 Face used to color everything else.
5661 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5662 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5664 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5666 ;;;***
5667 \f
5668 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (16764
5669 ;;;;;; 51517))
5670 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5672 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
5674 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5675 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5676 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5677 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5680 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
5682 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
5683 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5684 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
5685 positive.
5687 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5688 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5689 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5690 any selection.
5692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5694 ;;;***
5695 \f
5696 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5697 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (16213 43273))
5698 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5700 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
5701 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5703 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5705 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5706 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5707 or nil if there is no parent.
5709 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5710 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5711 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5712 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5714 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5715 arguments are currently understood:
5716 :group GROUP
5717 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5718 :syntax-table TABLE
5719 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5720 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5721 :abbrev-table TABLE
5722 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5723 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5725 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5729 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5730 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5731 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5733 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5734 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5738 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5740 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5741 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5743 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5744 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5746 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5748 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
5749 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
5750 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5751 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5752 the first time the mode is used.
5754 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5756 ;;;***
5757 \f
5758 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5759 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (16801 58019))
5760 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5762 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
5763 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5764 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5765 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5766 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5767 otherwise.
5769 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5771 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
5772 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5773 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5774 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5775 character composition information (if relevant),
5776 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5778 \(fn POS)" t nil)
5780 ;;;***
5781 \f
5782 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5783 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5784 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (16808 48569))
5785 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5787 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5788 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5789 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5790 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5793 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop")
5795 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
5796 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5797 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5798 otherwise. See variable `desktop-save' for a description of when the
5799 desktop is saved.
5801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5803 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5804 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5805 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5807 If the value is a function, it called by `desktop-save' with argument
5808 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to saved in the desktop
5809 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5811 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5814 Later, when `desktop-read' calls a function in `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'
5815 to restore the buffer, the auxiliary information is passed as the argument
5816 DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC.")
5818 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
5819 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5820 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5821 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5822 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5823 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5824 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5825 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5827 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5829 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
5830 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5831 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5833 \(fn)" nil nil)
5835 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
5836 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5837 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5838 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5839 directory DIRNAME.
5841 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5843 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
5844 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5846 \(fn)" t nil)
5848 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
5849 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5851 \(fn)" t nil)
5853 ;;;***
5854 \f
5855 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
5856 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines
5857 ;;;;;; gnus-outlook-display-hook gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max
5858 ;;;;;; gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min) "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el"
5859 ;;;;;; (16775 26711))
5860 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
5862 (defvar gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min 45 "\
5863 Minimum length of the cited line above the (possibly) wrapped line.")
5865 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min) "deuglify")
5867 (defvar gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max 95 "\
5868 Maximum length of the cited line after unwrapping.")
5870 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max) "deuglify")
5872 (defvar gnus-outlook-display-hook nil "\
5873 A hook called after an deuglified article has been prepared.
5874 It is run after `gnus-article-prepare-hook'.")
5876 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-display-hook) "deuglify")
5878 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
5879 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
5880 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
5881 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
5882 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
5883 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5885 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5887 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
5888 Repair a broken attribution line.
5889 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5891 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5893 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
5894 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
5895 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
5896 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5898 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5900 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
5901 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
5903 \(fn)" t nil)
5905 ;;;***
5906 \f
5907 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
5908 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (16585 28857))
5909 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
5913 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
5914 Not documented
5916 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
5918 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
5919 Not documented
5921 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
5923 ;;;***
5924 \f
5925 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5926 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (16785 59559))
5927 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5929 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
5930 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5931 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5932 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
5933 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
5935 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5937 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
5938 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5939 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5940 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5942 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
5943 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
5944 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
5945 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
5947 #!/bin/sh
5948 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
5954 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
5955 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
5957 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
5958 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
5959 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
5960 to run it every morning at 1am.
5962 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5964 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
5965 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5967 \(fn)" t nil)
5969 ;;;***
5970 \f
5971 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5972 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (16534 3807))
5973 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5975 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
5976 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
5978 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
5980 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
5981 *The command to use to run diff.")
5983 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
5985 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
5986 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5987 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
5988 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
5989 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
5990 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5992 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
5994 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
5995 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5996 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5997 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5998 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5999 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6001 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6003 ;;;***
6004 \f
6005 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6006 ;;;;;; (16746 18215))
6007 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6009 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6010 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6011 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6012 normal diffs.
6013 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6014 IF you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6015 headers for you on-the-fly.
6021 \(fn)" t nil)
6023 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6024 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6029 ;;;***
6030 \f
6031 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-restore-desktop-buffer dired-noselect dired-other-frame
6032 ;;;;;; dired-other-window dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target
6033 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-symlink dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy
6034 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-rename dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks
6035 ;;;;;; dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (16804 23129))
6036 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6038 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6039 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6040 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6041 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6042 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6043 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6044 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6045 `insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.")
6047 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired")
6049 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6050 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6052 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6053 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6054 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6055 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6056 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6058 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6059 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6061 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6062 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6063 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6064 always set this variable to t.")
6066 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired")
6069 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6070 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6071 A value of t means move to first file.")
6073 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired")
6075 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6076 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6077 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6078 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6079 are afterward marked with that character.")
6081 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired")
6083 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6084 *Controls marking of copied files.
6085 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6086 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6088 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired")
6090 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6091 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6092 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6093 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6095 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired")
6097 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6098 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6099 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6100 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6102 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired")
6104 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6105 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6106 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6107 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6109 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6111 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired")
6113 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6114 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6115 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6117 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired")
6119 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6120 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6121 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6122 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6123 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6124 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6126 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6128 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6129 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6130 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6131 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6132 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6133 list of files to make directory entries for.
6139 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6141 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6142 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6144 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6147 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6148 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6150 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6153 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6155 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6156 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6158 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6159 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6161 (autoload (quote dired-restore-desktop-buffer) "dired" "\
6162 Restore a dired buffer specified in a desktop file.
6164 \(fn DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)" nil nil)
6166 ;;;***
6167 \f
6168 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6169 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6170 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6171 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6172 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6173 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6174 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6175 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6176 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6177 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6178 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6179 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6180 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
6181 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (16804 23129))
6182 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6184 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6185 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6186 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6188 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6189 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6190 which is options for `diff'.
6192 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6194 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6195 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6196 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6197 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6198 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6199 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6201 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6203 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
6204 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6205 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6209 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
6210 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6212 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6214 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
6215 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6217 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6219 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
6220 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6221 This calls touch.
6223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6225 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
6226 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6227 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6228 `lpr-switches' as default.
6230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6232 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6233 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
6234 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
6235 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
6236 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
6239 with a prefix argument.
6241 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
6243 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6244 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6245 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6247 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6249 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6250 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6252 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6253 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6254 file name substituted for `?'.
6256 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6257 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6259 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6260 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6261 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6264 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6266 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6267 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6270 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6271 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6272 in a subdir.
6274 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6275 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument.
6277 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6279 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6280 Not documented
6282 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
6284 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
6285 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6286 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6287 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
6288 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
6289 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
6290 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
6291 from the buffer as well.
6292 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
6293 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
6294 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6296 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6298 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
6299 Not documented
6301 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6303 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
6304 Not documented
6306 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
6308 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
6309 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6311 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6313 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
6314 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6316 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6318 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
6319 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6323 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
6324 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6325 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6326 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6328 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6329 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6330 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6331 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6332 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6334 See Info node `(emacs-xtra)Subdir switches' for more details.
6336 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6338 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
6339 Not documented
6341 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6343 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
6344 Not documented
6346 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6348 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
6349 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
6351 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6353 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
6354 Not documented
6356 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
6358 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
6359 Not documented
6361 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
6363 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6364 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
6366 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6368 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
6369 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
6370 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
6371 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6372 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
6373 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
6374 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6375 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6376 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6380 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
6381 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6382 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6383 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6384 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
6385 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6386 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6387 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6389 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6391 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
6392 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6393 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6394 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6395 and new hard links are made in that directory
6396 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6397 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6398 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6400 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6402 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
6403 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6404 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
6405 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
6406 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
6407 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
6408 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6410 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6412 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6413 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6415 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
6416 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
6417 file if none are marked.
6419 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
6422 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
6424 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
6425 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
6427 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6429 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6430 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6431 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6433 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6435 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6436 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6437 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6439 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6441 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6442 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6443 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6445 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6447 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
6448 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
6450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6452 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
6453 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
6455 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6457 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6458 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6460 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6461 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
6462 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6463 this subdirectory.
6464 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6466 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6467 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6468 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6469 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6470 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6472 See Info node `(emacs-xtra)Subdir switches' for more details.
6474 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6476 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6477 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6478 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
6479 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6480 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
6481 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6482 this subdirectory.
6483 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6485 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6487 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6488 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
6489 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
6491 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
6493 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6494 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
6495 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
6498 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
6500 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
6501 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
6502 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
6503 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
6505 \(fn)" t nil)
6507 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6508 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
6509 Lower levels are unaffected.
6511 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
6513 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
6514 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6516 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6518 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
6519 Go down in the dired tree.
6521 \(fn)" t nil)
6523 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6524 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6525 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6528 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6530 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
6531 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6532 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6535 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6537 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
6538 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6539 Stops when a match is found.
6542 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6544 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6545 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6546 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6550 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6552 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
6553 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6554 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6555 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6557 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6559 ;;;***
6560 \f
6561 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (16589 26258))
6562 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6564 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
6565 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6566 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6567 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6568 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6569 buffer and try again.
6571 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6573 ;;;***
6574 \f
6575 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (16213 43267))
6576 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6578 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
6579 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6580 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6582 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
6584 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6585 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
6587 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
6588 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
6590 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6592 ;;;***
6593 \f
6594 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (16519
6595 ;;;;;; 44982))
6596 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6598 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
6599 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6600 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6601 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6602 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6603 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6605 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6607 ;;;***
6608 \f
6609 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
6610 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
6611 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
6612 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
6613 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (16814 63075))
6614 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6616 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6617 Return a new, empty display table.
6619 \(fn)" nil nil)
6621 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6622 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6623 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6624 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6625 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6627 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6629 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6630 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6631 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6632 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6633 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6635 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6637 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6638 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6640 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6642 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6643 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6645 \(fn)" t nil)
6647 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
6648 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6650 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6652 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
6653 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6655 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6657 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
6658 Display character C using printable string S.
6660 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6662 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
6663 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6664 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6665 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6667 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6669 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
6670 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6671 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6672 X frame.
6674 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6676 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
6677 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6679 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6681 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
6682 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6684 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6686 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
6687 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6689 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
6690 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
6691 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
6692 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
6694 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
6695 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
6696 European character display.
6698 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6699 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6700 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6701 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6703 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6704 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
6705 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
6706 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
6707 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
6709 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6711 ;;;***
6712 \f
6713 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6714 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
6715 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6717 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
6718 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6719 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6720 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6721 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6722 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6723 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6724 Default is 2.
6726 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6728 ;;;***
6729 \f
6730 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6731 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (16710 53610))
6732 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6734 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
6735 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6736 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6737 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6738 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6739 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6740 table and its own syntax table.
6742 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6744 \(fn)" t nil)
6746 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
6747 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6749 \(fn)" t nil)
6752 ;;;***
6753 \f
6754 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (16213 43281))
6755 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6757 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
6758 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6760 \(fn)" t nil)
6762 ;;;***
6763 \f
6764 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
6765 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
6766 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6768 (defvar double-mode nil "\
6769 Toggle Double mode.
6770 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6773 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
6775 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
6776 Toggle Double mode.
6777 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
6779 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6780 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6782 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6784 ;;;***
6785 \f
6786 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (16213 43281))
6787 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6789 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
6790 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6792 \(fn)" t nil)
6794 ;;;***
6795 \f
6796 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6797 ;;;;;; (16698 21927))
6798 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6800 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
6801 Play sounds in message buffers.
6803 \(fn)" t nil)
6805 ;;;***
6806 \f
6807 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6808 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6809 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (16775 26710))
6810 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6812 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
6814 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6815 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6816 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6817 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
6819 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6820 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6821 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6822 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6823 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6824 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6825 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6826 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6827 used (see below).
6829 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
6830 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
6831 Before the actual body code, you can write
6832 keyword arguments (alternating keywords and values).
6833 These following keyword arguments are supported (other keywords
6834 will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
6835 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6836 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6837 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6838 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6839 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6840 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6841 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6842 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6844 For example, you could write
6847 ...BODY CODE...)
6849 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6851 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6852 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
6853 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6854 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6855 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
6856 :group to specify the custom group.
6858 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6860 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
6861 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6862 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6863 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6864 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6865 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6866 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6868 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6870 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
6871 Not documented
6873 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6875 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
6876 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6877 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6879 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6881 ;;;***
6882 \f
6883 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6884 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (16787
6885 ;;;;;; 16350))
6886 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6888 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
6890 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
6891 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6893 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6894 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6895 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6897 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6898 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6900 :filter FUNCTION
6902 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6903 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
6905 :visible INCLUDE
6907 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6908 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
6910 :active ENABLE
6912 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6913 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6915 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6917 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6919 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6921 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6922 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6924 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6925 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6927 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6929 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6931 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6933 :keys KEYS
6935 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6936 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6937 computed automatically.
6938 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6940 :key-sequence KEYS
6942 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6943 menu item.
6944 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6945 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6946 keyboard equivalent.
6948 :active ENABLE
6950 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6951 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6953 :included INCLUDE
6955 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6956 expression has a non-nil value.
6958 :suffix FORM
6960 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6961 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
6963 :style STYLE
6965 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6966 defined:
6968 toggle: A checkbox.
6969 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6970 radio: A radio button.
6971 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6972 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6973 menu bar itself.
6974 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6976 :selected SELECTED
6978 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6979 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6981 :help HELP
6983 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6985 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6986 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6987 as a solid horizontal line.
6989 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6991 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6993 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
6994 Not documented
6996 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6998 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
6999 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7000 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7001 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7003 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7005 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7006 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7007 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7008 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7009 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7010 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7012 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7013 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7014 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7016 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
7017 to implement dynamic menus.
7019 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
7021 ;;;***
7022 \f
7023 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7024 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7025 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
7026 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
7027 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
7028 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7029 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7030 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (16801 58033))
7031 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7033 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
7034 Customization for ebnf group.
7036 \(fn)" t nil)
7038 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7039 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7041 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7043 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7044 processed.
7046 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7048 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7050 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7051 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7053 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7054 killed after process termination.
7056 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7058 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7060 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7061 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7063 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7064 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7065 it to the printer.
7067 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7068 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7069 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7070 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7072 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7074 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7075 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7076 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7078 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7080 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7081 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7083 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7085 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7086 processed.
7088 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7090 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7092 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7093 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7095 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7096 killed after process termination.
7098 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7100 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7102 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7103 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7104 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7105 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7107 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7109 \(fn)" t nil)
7111 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7112 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7113 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7115 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7117 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7119 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7120 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7122 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7124 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7125 processed.
7127 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7129 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7131 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7132 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7134 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7135 killed after EPS generation.
7137 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7139 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7141 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7142 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
7144 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7145 The EPS file name has the following form:
7147 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7149 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7152 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7153 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7157 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
7159 \(fn)" t nil)
7161 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7162 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
7164 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7165 The EPS file name has the following form:
7167 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7169 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7172 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7173 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7177 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
7179 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7181 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
7183 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7184 Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7186 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7188 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7189 processed.
7191 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7193 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7195 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7196 Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE.
7198 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7199 killed after syntax checking.
7201 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7203 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7205 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7206 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7208 \(fn)" t nil)
7210 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7211 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
7213 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7215 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
7216 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7218 \(fn)" nil nil)
7220 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7221 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7223 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7225 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7227 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7228 Delete style NAME.
7230 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7232 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7234 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7235 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7237 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7239 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7241 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7242 Set STYLE as the current style.
7244 It returns the old style symbol.
7246 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7248 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7250 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7251 Reset current style.
7253 It returns the old style symbol.
7255 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7257 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7259 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7260 Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style.
7262 It returns the old style symbol.
7264 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7266 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7268 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7269 Pop a style and set it as the current style.
7271 It returns the old style symbol.
7273 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7275 \(fn)" t nil)
7277 ;;;***
7278 \f
7279 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7280 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7281 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7282 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7283 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7284 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7285 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7286 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7287 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7288 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7289 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (16234
7290 ;;;;;; 50257))
7291 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7293 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
7294 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7295 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7296 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7297 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7300 Tree mode key bindings:
7303 \(fn)" t nil)
7305 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
7306 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7308 \(fn)" t nil)
7310 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
7311 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7315 \(fn)" nil nil)
7317 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
7318 View declaration of member at point.
7320 \(fn)" t nil)
7322 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
7323 Find declaration of member at point.
7325 \(fn)" t nil)
7327 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
7328 View definition of member at point.
7330 \(fn)" t nil)
7332 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
7333 Find definition of member at point.
7335 \(fn)" t nil)
7337 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
7338 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7340 \(fn)" t nil)
7342 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
7343 View definition of member at point in other window.
7345 \(fn)" t nil)
7347 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
7348 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7350 \(fn)" t nil)
7352 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
7353 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7355 \(fn)" t nil)
7357 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
7358 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7360 \(fn)" t nil)
7362 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
7363 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7365 \(fn)" t nil)
7367 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
7368 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7369 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7370 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7371 completion.
7373 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7375 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
7376 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7377 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7378 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7380 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7382 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
7383 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7384 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7385 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7387 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7389 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
7390 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7391 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7393 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7395 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
7396 Search for call sites of a member.
7397 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7398 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7399 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7400 looks like a function call to the member.
7402 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7404 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
7405 Move backward in the position stack.
7406 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7408 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7410 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
7411 Move forward in the position stack.
7412 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7414 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7416 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
7417 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7419 \(fn)" t nil)
7421 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
7422 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7424 \(fn)" t nil)
7426 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
7427 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7428 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7429 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7431 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7433 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
7434 Display statistics for a class tree.
7436 \(fn)" t nil)
7438 ;;;***
7439 \f
7440 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7441 ;;;;;; (16787 16350))
7442 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7444 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
7445 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7446 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7447 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7449 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7450 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7451 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7453 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7454 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7455 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7457 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7461 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7463 ;;;***
7464 \f
7465 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7466 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (16213 43267))
7467 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7469 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
7470 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7471 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7473 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7475 ;;;***
7476 \f
7477 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
7478 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (16810 63791))
7479 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7481 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7482 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
7483 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7484 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7485 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7487 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7488 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7489 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7490 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7492 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug")
7494 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7495 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7496 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7497 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7499 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug")
7501 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
7502 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
7503 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
7504 \(naming a function), or a list.
7506 \(fn SYMBOL SPEC)" nil (quote macro))
7508 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
7510 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
7511 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7512 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7513 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7514 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7516 If you do this on a function definition
7517 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
7518 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
7519 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
7520 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
7522 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7523 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7524 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7525 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7526 already is one.)
7528 \(fn)" t nil)
7530 ;;;***
7531 \f
7532 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7533 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
7534 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
7535 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
7536 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
7537 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
7538 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
7539 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
7540 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
7541 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (16580 11202))
7542 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7544 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
7545 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7547 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7549 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
7550 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7552 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7554 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
7556 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
7558 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
7559 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7560 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7561 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7563 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7565 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
7566 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7568 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7570 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
7572 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
7573 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7575 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7577 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
7579 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
7580 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7581 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7582 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7584 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7586 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
7588 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
7589 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7590 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7591 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7593 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7595 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
7597 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
7598 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7599 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7600 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7602 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7604 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
7606 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
7607 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7608 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7609 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7611 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7613 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
7615 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7616 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7617 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7618 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7619 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7620 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7622 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7624 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
7625 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7626 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7627 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7629 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7631 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
7633 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7634 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7635 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7636 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7638 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7640 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
7642 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
7644 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
7645 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7646 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7647 follows:
7648 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7649 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7651 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7653 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
7654 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7655 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7656 follows:
7657 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7658 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7660 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7662 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
7663 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7664 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
7665 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
7666 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
7667 region.
7668 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7669 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7671 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7673 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
7674 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7675 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
7676 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
7677 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
7678 region.
7679 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7680 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7681 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7683 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7685 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
7687 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
7688 Merge two files without ancestor.
7690 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7692 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7693 Merge two files with ancestor.
7695 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7697 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
7699 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
7700 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7702 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7704 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7705 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7707 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7709 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
7710 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7711 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7712 buffer.
7714 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7716 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7717 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7718 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7719 buffer.
7721 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7723 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
7724 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
7725 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
7726 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
7728 \(fn POS)" t nil)
7730 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
7731 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7732 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7733 and don't ask the user.
7734 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7735 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7737 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7739 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
7740 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
7741 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
7742 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7743 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7744 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7746 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7748 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
7750 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
7752 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
7753 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7754 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7755 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7756 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7758 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7760 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
7762 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
7763 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7764 When called interactively, displays the version.
7766 \(fn)" t nil)
7768 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
7769 Display Ediff's manual.
7770 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7772 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7774 ;;;***
7775 \f
7776 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7777 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
7778 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7780 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
7781 Not documented
7783 \(fn)" t nil)
7785 ;;;***
7786 \f
7787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (16213 43267))
7788 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
7790 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
7791 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
7793 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
7795 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation))))))
7797 ;;;***
7798 \f
7799 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
7800 ;;;;;; (16626 19946))
7801 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
7803 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
7804 Display Ediff's registry.
7806 \(fn)" t nil)
7808 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
7810 ;;;***
7811 \f
7812 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7813 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (16442 4953))
7814 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
7816 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
7817 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7818 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7819 which see.
7821 \(fn)" t nil)
7823 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
7824 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7825 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7826 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7828 \(fn)" t nil)
7830 ;;;***
7831 \f
7832 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7833 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7834 ;;;;;; (16733 11795))
7835 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7837 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7838 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7841 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7842 Edit a keyboard macro.
7843 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7844 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7845 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7846 its command name.
7847 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7849 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7851 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7852 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7854 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7856 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7857 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7859 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7861 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7862 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7864 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7868 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7869 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7870 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7871 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7873 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7875 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7876 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7877 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7878 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7879 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7880 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7882 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7884 ;;;***
7885 \f
7886 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7887 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (16213 43273))
7888 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7890 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
7891 Set scroll margins.
7892 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7893 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7895 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7897 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
7898 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7900 \(fn)" t nil)
7902 ;;;***
7903 \f
7904 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7905 ;;;;;; (16775 26706))
7906 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7908 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
7910 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
7911 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7912 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7913 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7914 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7915 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7917 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7918 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7921 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
7922 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
7923 this value is non-nil.
7925 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7926 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7927 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7929 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7930 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7931 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
7933 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7935 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
7936 Not documented
7938 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7940 ;;;***
7941 \f
7942 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7943 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (16507 41097))
7944 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7946 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
7947 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7949 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc")
7951 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7952 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7953 Show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
7955 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
7956 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
7957 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
7958 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
7959 from the documentation string if possible.
7961 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
7962 instead.
7964 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7968 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7969 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
7971 \(fn)" t nil)
7973 ;;;***
7974 \f
7975 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (16768
7976 ;;;;;; 48631))
7977 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7979 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
7980 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7982 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7983 an elided material again.
7985 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7987 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7989 ;;;***
7990 \f
7991 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7992 ;;;;;; (16816 23731))
7993 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7995 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
7996 Initialize elint.
7998 \(fn)" t nil)
8000 ;;;***
8001 \f
8002 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8003 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (16783
8004 ;;;;;; 21522))
8005 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8007 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
8008 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8009 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8011 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8013 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
8014 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8015 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8017 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8019 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
8020 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8021 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8025 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8027 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
8028 Display current profiling results.
8029 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8030 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
8031 displayed.
8033 \(fn)" t nil)
8035 ;;;***
8036 \f
8037 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8038 ;;;;;; (16804 23129))
8039 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8041 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
8042 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8043 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8045 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8047 ;;;***
8048 \f
8049 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8050 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8051 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8052 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8053 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (16381 6707))
8054 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8056 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8057 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8058 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8059 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8060 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8061 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8062 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8063 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8064 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8065 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8066 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8067 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8068 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8069 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8070 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8071 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8073 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
8074 Run Emerge on two files.
8076 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8078 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8079 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8081 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8083 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
8084 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8086 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8088 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8089 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8091 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8093 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
8094 Not documented
8096 \(fn)" nil nil)
8098 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
8099 Not documented
8101 \(fn)" nil nil)
8103 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
8104 Not documented
8106 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8108 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
8109 Not documented
8111 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8113 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
8114 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8116 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8118 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8119 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8121 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8123 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
8124 Not documented
8126 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8128 ;;;***
8129 \f
8130 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
8131 ;;;;;; (16657 61756))
8132 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
8134 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
8135 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
8136 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
8137 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8140 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb")
8142 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
8143 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
8144 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
8146 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
8148 automatically.
8150 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
8151 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
8154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8156 ;;;***
8157 \f
8158 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8159 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (16738 29931))
8160 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8162 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
8163 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8164 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8165 text/enriched format.
8166 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8168 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8169 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8171 Commands:
8175 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8177 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
8178 Not documented
8180 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8182 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
8183 Not documented
8185 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8187 ;;;***
8188 \f
8189 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (16777
8190 ;;;;;; 65418))
8191 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
8193 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
8194 Emacs shell interactive mode.
8198 \(fn)" nil nil)
8200 ;;;***
8201 \f
8202 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (16548
8203 ;;;;;; 34615))
8204 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
8206 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
8207 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
8209 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8211 ;;;***
8212 \f
8213 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
8214 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (16484 6599))
8215 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
8217 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
8218 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
8219 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
8220 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
8221 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
8222 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
8223 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
8224 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
8225 buffer selected (or created).
8227 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8229 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
8230 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
8231 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
8233 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
8235 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
8236 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
8237 The result might be any Lisp object.
8238 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
8239 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
8240 corresponding to a successful execution.
8242 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
8244 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
8245 Report a bug in Eshell.
8246 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8247 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
8249 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
8251 ;;;***
8252 \f
8253 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
8254 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
8255 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
8256 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
8257 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook
8258 ;;;;;; tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list tags-table-list
8259 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (16746
8260 ;;;;;; 18215))
8261 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
8263 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
8264 *File name of tags table.
8265 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
8266 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
8267 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8268 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
8270 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
8271 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
8272 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
8273 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
8275 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
8277 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
8278 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
8280 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
8281 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
8282 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8284 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
8286 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
8287 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
8288 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
8289 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
8290 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
8291 `auto-compression-mode').")
8293 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
8295 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
8296 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
8297 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
8298 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
8299 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
8301 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
8303 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
8308 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
8310 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
8312 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
8313 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
8314 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
8316 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
8318 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
8319 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
8320 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
8321 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
8324 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
8326 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
8327 file the tag was in.
8329 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
8331 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
8332 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
8333 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
8334 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
8335 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
8336 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
8337 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
8338 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
8339 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
8341 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
8343 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
8344 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
8345 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
8346 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
8347 without directory names.
8349 \(fn)" nil nil)
8351 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
8352 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8353 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
8354 but does not select the buffer.
8355 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
8357 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8358 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8359 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8360 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8363 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8365 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8367 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8369 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8371 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8373 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
8374 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8375 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
8376 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
8378 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8379 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8380 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8381 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8384 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8386 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8388 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8390 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8392 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8393 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
8395 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
8396 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8397 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
8398 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
8399 around or before point.
8401 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8402 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8403 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8404 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8407 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8409 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8411 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8413 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8415 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8416 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
8418 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
8419 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8420 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
8421 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
8422 around or before point.
8424 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8425 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8426 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8427 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8430 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8432 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8434 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8436 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8438 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
8439 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
8441 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
8442 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
8443 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
8445 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8446 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8447 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8448 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8451 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
8453 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8455 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8457 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8459 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
8460 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
8461 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
8463 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
8467 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
8468 where they were found.
8470 \(fn)" t nil)
8472 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
8473 Select next file among files in current tags table.
8475 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
8476 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
8477 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
8479 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
8480 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
8482 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
8483 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
8485 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
8487 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
8489 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
8490 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
8492 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
8493 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
8494 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
8495 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
8496 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
8498 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
8499 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
8501 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
8502 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
8503 Stops when a match is found.
8506 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8508 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
8510 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
8511 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
8512 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
8516 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8518 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
8520 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
8521 Display list of tags in file FILE.
8522 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
8523 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
8524 directory specification.
8526 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
8528 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
8529 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
8531 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8533 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
8534 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
8535 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
8536 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
8538 \(fn)" t nil)
8540 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
8541 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
8542 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
8543 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
8546 \(fn)" t nil)
8548 ;;;***
8549 \f
8550 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
8551 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
8552 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
8553 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
8554 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
8555 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
8556 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
8557 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (16498 35858))
8558 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
8560 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
8561 Not documented
8563 \(fn)" nil nil)
8565 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
8566 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
8567 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
8568 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8570 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
8571 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
8572 language.
8574 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
8575 even if the buffer is read-only.
8577 See also the descriptions of the variables
8578 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
8579 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
8581 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8583 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8584 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
8586 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8587 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8589 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
8590 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
8591 language.
8593 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
8594 buffer is read-only.
8596 See also the descriptions of the variables
8597 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
8598 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
8600 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8602 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8603 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
8604 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
8606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8608 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
8609 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
8612 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
8614 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
8615 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
8617 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8619 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8621 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
8624 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8626 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
8627 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
8628 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8629 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8631 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
8632 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
8633 the primary language.
8635 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
8636 buffer is read-only.
8638 See also the descriptions of the variables
8639 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
8640 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
8642 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8644 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8645 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
8646 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8647 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8649 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
8650 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
8651 primary language.
8653 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
8654 buffer is read-only.
8656 See also the descriptions of the variables
8657 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
8658 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
8660 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8662 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8663 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
8664 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
8666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8668 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
8669 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
8671 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
8674 3) convert the body into SERA.
8676 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
8678 \(fn)" t nil)
8680 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8684 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8686 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
8687 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
8689 \(fn)" t nil)
8691 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
8692 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
8694 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
8695 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
8696 be 1, 2, or 3.
8698 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
8699 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
8700 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
8702 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
8704 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
8706 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
8707 Allow the user to input special characters.
8709 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8711 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8712 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
8713 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
8715 \(fn)" t nil)
8717 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8718 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
8720 \(fn)" t nil)
8722 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8723 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
8725 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
8726 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
8728 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
8729 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
8731 \(fn)" nil nil)
8733 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8734 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
8736 \(fn)" nil nil)
8738 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
8739 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
8741 \(fn)" nil nil)
8743 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
8744 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
8746 \(fn)" nil nil)
8748 ;;;***
8749 \f
8750 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
8751 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
8752 ;;;;;; (16775 26715))
8753 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
8755 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
8756 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
8757 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
8758 server for future sessions.
8760 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
8762 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
8763 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
8764 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
8766 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
8768 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
8769 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
8770 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
8772 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
8774 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
8775 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
8776 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
8777 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
8778 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
8779 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
8780 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
8781 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
8782 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
8783 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
8784 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
8785 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
8787 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
8789 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
8790 Display a form to query the directory server.
8791 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
8792 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
8794 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
8796 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
8797 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
8798 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
8800 \(fn)" t nil)
8802 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
8804 ;;;***
8805 \f
8806 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
8807 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
8808 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (16213 43280))
8809 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
8812 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
8817 Display URL and make it clickable.
8822 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
8827 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
8832 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
8837 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
8841 ;;;***
8842 \f
8843 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
8844 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (16213 43280))
8845 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
8848 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
8849 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
8854 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
8858 ;;;***
8859 \f
8860 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
8861 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
8862 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
8865 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
8869 ;;;***
8870 \f
8871 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
8872 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find
8873 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
8874 ;;;;;; (16435 60138))
8875 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
8878 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
8884 Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name.
8885 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'.
8890 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
8891 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
8892 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
8893 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
8894 executable.
8899 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
8900 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
8905 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
8906 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
8907 file modes.
8911 ;;;***
8912 \f
8913 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
8914 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (16213 43267))
8915 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
8918 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
8919 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
8920 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
8922 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
8924 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
8925 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
8926 to generate such functions.
8928 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
8929 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
8930 beginning of the expanded text.
8932 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
8933 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
8934 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
8935 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
8937 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
8942 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8943 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8948 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8949 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8955 ;;;***
8956 \f
8957 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (16805 44924))
8958 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
8961 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
8962 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
8970 Key definitions:
8973 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
8975 `f90-do-indent'
8976 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
8977 `f90-if-indent'
8978 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
8979 `f90-type-indent'
8980 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
8981 `f90-program-indent'
8982 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
8983 (default 2).
8984 `f90-continuation-indent'
8985 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
8986 `f90-comment-region'
8989 `f90-indented-comment-re'
8990 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
8992 `f90-directive-comment-re'
8995 `f90-break-delimiters'
8996 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
8998 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
8999 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
9000 (default t).
9001 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
9002 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
9003 `f90-smart-end'
9004 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
9005 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
9006 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
9007 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
9008 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
9009 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
9010 `f90-leave-line-no'
9011 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
9012 `f90-keywords-re'
9013 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
9015 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
9016 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9020 ;;;***
9021 \f
9022 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
9023 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
9024 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
9025 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
9026 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (16698 21925))
9027 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
9031 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
9036 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
9041 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
9046 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
9047 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
9049 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
9051 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
9052 Submenu for text justification commands.")
9054 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
9056 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
9057 Submenu for indentation commands.")
9059 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
9061 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
9062 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
9064 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
9066 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
9068 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
9070 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
9072 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
9073 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
9074 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
9075 will not show through at all will be removed.
9077 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
9079 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9080 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9081 requested face.
9083 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9084 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9085 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
9087 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
9089 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
9090 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
9091 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
9093 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9094 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9095 requested face.
9097 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9098 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9099 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
9101 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
9103 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
9104 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
9105 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
9107 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9108 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9109 requested face.
9111 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9112 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9113 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
9115 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
9117 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
9118 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
9119 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
9120 is the menu item's name.
9122 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9123 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9124 requested face.
9126 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9127 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9128 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
9130 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
9132 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
9133 Make the region invisible.
9134 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
9135 `facemenu-remove-special'.
9137 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9139 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
9140 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
9141 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
9142 `facemenu-remove-special'.
9144 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9146 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
9147 Make the region unmodifiable.
9148 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
9149 `facemenu-remove-special'.
9151 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9153 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
9154 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
9156 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9158 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
9159 Remove all text properties from the region.
9161 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9163 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
9165 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
9167 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9169 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
9170 Read a color using the minibuffer.
9172 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
9174 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
9175 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
9176 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
9177 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
9178 of colors that the current display can handle.
9180 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9182 ;;;***
9183 \f
9184 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
9185 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (16777 65418))
9186 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
9188 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
9189 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
9190 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
9191 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
9193 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
9195 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
9196 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
9197 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
9199 Font Lock caches may be saved:
9200 - When you save the file's buffer.
9201 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
9202 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
9203 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
9204 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
9208 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
9209 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
9210 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
9211 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
9213 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9215 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
9216 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
9218 \(fn)" nil nil)
9220 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
9222 ;;;***
9223 \f
9224 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
9225 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
9226 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (16213 43280))
9227 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
9229 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
9230 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
9231 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
9232 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
9234 \(fn)" nil nil)
9236 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
9237 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
9239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9241 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
9242 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
9243 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
9244 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
9246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9248 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
9249 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
9250 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
9251 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
9252 backup file names and the like).
9254 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9256 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
9257 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
9258 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
9259 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
9260 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
9261 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
9262 internally by feedmail):
9264 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
9265 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
9266 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
9267 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
9269 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
9270 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
9271 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
9272 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
9273 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
9275 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
9277 ;;;***
9278 \f
9279 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
9280 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (16585 28850))
9281 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
9283 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
9284 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
9285 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
9286 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
9287 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
9288 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
9289 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
9291 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
9293 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
9294 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
9295 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
9296 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
9297 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9298 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
9299 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
9301 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version.
9303 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9305 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
9307 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
9308 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
9309 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
9310 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
9311 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
9312 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
9314 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
9316 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
9317 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
9318 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
9319 Return value:
9320 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
9321 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
9322 * otherwise, nil
9324 \(fn E)" t nil)
9326 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
9327 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
9329 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9331 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
9332 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
9334 \(fn)" t nil)
9336 ;;;***
9337 \f
9338 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
9339 ;;;;;; (16435 26305))
9340 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
9342 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
9343 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
9344 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
9345 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
9346 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
9347 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
9348 \(directories) is done.
9350 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9351 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
9352 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
9353 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
9355 ;;;***
9356 \f
9357 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
9358 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
9359 ;;;;;; (16580 11202))
9360 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
9362 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
9363 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
9364 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
9365 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
9366 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
9368 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired")
9370 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
9371 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
9374 them for `find-ls-option'.")
9376 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired")
9378 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
9379 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
9380 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
9381 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
9383 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired")
9385 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
9386 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
9387 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
9391 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
9392 as the final argument.
9394 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
9396 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
9397 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
9398 and run dired on those files.
9399 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
9400 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
9402 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
9404 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
9406 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
9407 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
9408 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
9412 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
9414 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
9416 ;;;***
9417 \f
9418 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
9419 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
9420 ;;;;;; (16767 25304))
9421 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
9423 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (setq fname (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))))) "\
9424 *A list of regular expressions for `ff-find-file'.
9425 Specifies how to recognise special constructs such as include files
9426 etc. and an associated method for extracting the filename from that
9427 construct.")
9429 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
9430 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
9431 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
9433 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
9435 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9437 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
9439 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
9440 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
9441 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
9443 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
9444 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
9446 Variables of interest include:
9448 - `ff-case-fold-search'
9449 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
9450 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
9452 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
9453 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
9454 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
9456 - `ff-ignore-include'
9457 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
9459 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
9460 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
9462 - `ff-quiet-mode'
9463 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
9465 - `ff-special-constructs'
9466 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
9467 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
9468 extracting the filename from that construct.
9470 - `ff-other-file-alist'
9471 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
9473 - `ff-search-directories'
9474 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
9475 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
9477 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
9478 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
9480 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
9481 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
9483 - `ff-post-load-hook'
9484 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
9486 - `ff-not-found-hook'
9487 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
9489 - `ff-file-created-hook'
9490 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
9492 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
9494 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
9495 Visit the file you click on.
9497 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
9499 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
9500 Visit the file you click on in another window.
9502 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
9504 ;;;***
9505 \f
9506 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
9507 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
9508 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
9509 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
9510 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect find-function-search-for-symbol find-library)
9511 ;;;;;; "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (16795 7139))
9512 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
9514 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
9515 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
9517 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
9519 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
9520 Search for SYMBOL.
9521 If VARIABLE-P is nil, `find-function-regexp' is used, otherwise
9522 `find-variable-regexp' is used. The search is done in library LIBRARY.
9524 \(fn SYMBOL VARIABLE-P LIBRARY)" nil nil)
9526 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
9527 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
9529 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
9530 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
9531 not selected.
9533 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
9534 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
9535 in `load-path'.
9537 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
9539 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
9540 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
9542 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
9543 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
9544 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
9545 it is one of the current buffers.
9547 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
9548 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9549 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9551 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9553 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
9554 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
9556 See `find-function' for more details.
9558 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9560 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
9561 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
9563 See `find-function' for more details.
9565 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9567 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
9568 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
9570 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
9571 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
9572 not selected.
9574 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
9575 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9577 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
9579 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
9580 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
9582 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
9583 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
9584 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
9585 it is one of the current buffers.
9587 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
9588 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9589 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9591 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9593 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
9594 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
9596 See `find-variable' for more details.
9598 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9600 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
9601 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
9603 See `find-variable' for more details.
9605 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9607 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
9608 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
9609 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer.
9611 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
9613 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
9614 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
9616 \(fn)" t nil)
9618 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
9619 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
9621 \(fn)" t nil)
9623 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
9624 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
9626 \(fn)" nil nil)
9628 ;;;***
9629 \f
9630 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
9631 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (16213 43268))
9632 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
9634 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
9635 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
9637 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
9639 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
9640 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
9642 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
9644 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
9645 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
9647 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9649 ;;;***
9650 \f
9651 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
9652 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (16488 3556))
9653 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
9655 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
9656 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
9658 \(fn)" t nil)
9660 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
9661 Display FILE's commentary section.
9662 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
9664 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9666 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
9667 Find packages matching a given keyword.
9669 \(fn)" t nil)
9671 ;;;***
9672 \f
9673 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
9674 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (16213 43268))
9675 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
9677 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
9678 Toggle flow control handling.
9680 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
9682 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
9684 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
9685 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
9687 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
9689 to get the effect of a C-q.
9691 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
9693 ;;;***
9694 \f
9695 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
9696 ;;;;;; (16727 56924))
9697 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
9699 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
9700 Not documented
9702 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9704 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
9705 Not documented
9707 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9709 ;;;***
9710 \f
9711 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el"
9712 ;;;;;; (16808 48570))
9713 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
9715 (unless (assq (quote flymake-mode) minor-mode-alist) (setq minor-mode-alist (cons (quote (flymake-mode flymake-mode-line)) minor-mode-alist)))
9717 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
9718 Turn flymake mode on.
9720 \(fn)" nil nil)
9722 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
9723 Turn flymake mode off.
9725 \(fn)" nil nil)
9727 ;;;***
9728 \f
9729 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
9730 ;;;;;; flyspell-version flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
9731 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (16795 7139))
9732 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
9734 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
9735 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
9736 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
9738 (custom-autoload (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) "flyspell")
9740 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
9741 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
9743 \(fn)" t nil)
9745 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
9747 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
9749 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
9750 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
9751 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
9752 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
9753 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
9754 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
9756 Bindings:
9761 Hooks:
9762 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
9764 Remark:
9765 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
9766 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
9767 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
9769 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
9770 consider adding:
9771 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
9772 in your .emacs file.
9777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9779 (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode))
9781 (autoload (quote flyspell-version) "flyspell" "\
9782 The flyspell version
9784 \(fn)" t nil)
9786 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
9787 Turn Flyspell mode off.
9789 \(fn)" nil nil)
9791 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
9792 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
9794 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
9796 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
9797 Flyspell whole buffer.
9799 \(fn)" t nil)
9801 ;;;***
9802 \f
9803 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
9804 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
9805 ;;;;;; (16534 3807))
9806 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
9808 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9809 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9811 \(fn)" t nil)
9813 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9814 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9816 \(fn)" t nil)
9818 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
9819 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
9822 of two major techniques:
9824 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
9825 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
9826 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
9828 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
9829 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
9830 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
9831 movement commands.
9833 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
9834 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
9835 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
9836 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
9837 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
9838 mileage may vary).
9840 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
9843 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
9845 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
9846 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
9847 \(This is the default.)
9849 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
9850 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
9852 Keys specific to Follow mode:
9855 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9857 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
9858 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
9860 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
9861 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
9862 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
9863 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
9864 two windows always will display two successive pages.
9865 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
9867 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
9868 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
9869 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
9871 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
9872 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
9873 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
9875 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9877 ;;;***
9878 \f
9879 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer font-lock-remove-keywords
9880 ;;;;;; font-lock-add-keywords font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock"
9881 ;;;;;; "font-lock.el" (16808 48569))
9882 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
9884 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock" "\
9885 Not documented
9887 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
9889 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9890 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9891 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9892 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
9893 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
9894 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
9895 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
9896 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
9897 end of the current highlighting list.
9899 For example:
9901 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
9905 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
9906 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
9908 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9909 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9910 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9912 Note that some modes have specialized support for additional patterns, e.g.,
9913 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
9914 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'.
9916 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
9918 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9919 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9921 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9922 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
9924 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9925 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9926 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9928 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS)" nil nil)
9930 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
9931 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would.
9933 \(fn)" t nil)
9935 ;;;***
9936 \f
9937 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (16635
9938 ;;;;;; 35910))
9939 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
9941 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
9942 Toggle footnote minor mode.
9944 key binding
9945 --- -------
9954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9956 ;;;***
9957 \f
9958 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
9959 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (16507 41097))
9960 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
9962 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
9963 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
9965 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
9966 TAB forms-next-field TAB
9967 C-c TAB forms-next-field
9968 C-c < forms-first-record <
9969 C-c > forms-last-record >
9970 C-c ? describe-mode ?
9971 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
9972 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
9973 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
9974 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
9975 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
9976 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
9977 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
9978 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
9979 C-c C-x forms-exit x
9981 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
9983 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
9984 Visit a file in Forms mode.
9986 \(fn FN)" t nil)
9988 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
9989 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
9991 \(fn FN)" t nil)
9993 ;;;***
9994 \f
9995 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
9996 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (16534 3809))
9997 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
9999 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
10000 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
10001 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
10002 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
10003 with a character in column 6.")
10005 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
10007 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
10008 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
10009 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
10012 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
10016 Key definitions:
10019 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10021 `comment-start'
10023 `fortran-do-indent'
10024 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
10025 `fortran-if-indent'
10026 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
10027 `fortran-structure-indent'
10028 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
10029 (default 3)
10030 `fortran-continuation-indent'
10031 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
10032 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
10033 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
10034 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
10035 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
10036 nil don't change the indentation
10037 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10038 value of either
10039 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
10040 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
10041 depending on the continuation format in use.
10042 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10043 indentation for a line of code.
10044 (default 'fixed)
10045 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
10046 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
10048 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
10049 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
10050 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
10051 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
10052 `fortran-line-number-indent'
10053 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
10054 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
10055 column 5.
10056 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
10058 statements (default nil).
10059 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
10061 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
10062 `fortran-continuation-string'
10063 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
10065 `fortran-comment-region'
10068 `fortran-electric-line-number'
10069 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
10070 as typed (default t).
10071 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
10072 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
10074 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
10075 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10077 \(fn)" t nil)
10079 ;;;***
10080 \f
10081 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
10082 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (16775 26716))
10083 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
10085 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
10086 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
10088 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10089 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10091 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
10093 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
10094 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
10096 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10097 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10099 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
10101 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
10102 Compile fortune file.
10104 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
10105 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
10107 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10109 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
10110 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
10112 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10113 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10114 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10115 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10117 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10119 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
10120 Display a fortune cookie.
10122 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10123 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10124 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10125 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10127 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10129 ;;;***
10130 \f
10131 ;;;### (autoloads (fringe-indicators set-fringe-style fringe-mode
10132 ;;;;;; fringe-mode) "fringe" "fringe.el" (16810 63790))
10133 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
10135 (defvar fringe-mode nil "\
10136 *Specify appearance of fringes on all frames.
10137 This variable can be nil (the default) meaning the fringes should have
10138 the default width (8 pixels), it can be an integer value specifying
10139 the width of both left and right fringe (where 0 means no fringe), or
10140 a cons cell where car indicates width of left fringe and cdr indicates
10141 width of right fringe (where again 0 can be used to indicate no
10142 fringe).
10143 To set this variable in a Lisp program, use `set-fringe-mode' to make
10144 it take real effect.
10145 Setting the variable with a customization buffer also takes effect.
10146 If you only want to modify the appearance of the fringe in one frame,
10147 you can use the interactive function `toggle-fringe'")
10149 (custom-autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe")
10151 (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\
10152 Set the default appearance of fringes on all frames.
10154 When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values
10155 for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only',
10156 `minimal' and `half'.
10158 When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the
10159 integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in
10160 cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single
10161 integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width.
10162 If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the
10163 default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and
10164 right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple
10165 of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe
10166 width of 0.
10168 Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default
10169 fringe widths set by this command. This command applies to all
10170 frames that exist and frames to be created in the future. If you
10171 want to set the default appearance of fringes on the selected
10172 frame only, see the command `set-fringe-style'.
10174 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
10176 (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\
10177 Set the default appearance of fringes on the selected frame.
10179 When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values
10180 for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only',
10181 `minimal' and `half'.
10183 When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the
10184 integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in
10185 cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single
10186 integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width.
10187 If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the
10188 default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and
10189 right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple
10190 of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe
10191 width of 0.
10193 Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default
10194 fringe widths set by this command. If you want to set the
10195 default appearance of fringes on all frames, see the command
10196 `fringe-mode'.
10198 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
10200 (defvar fringe-indicators nil "\
10201 Visually indicate buffer boundaries and scrolling.
10202 Setting this variable, changes `default-indicate-buffer-boundaries'.")
10204 (custom-autoload (quote fringe-indicators) "fringe")
10206 ;;;***
10207 \f
10208 ;;;### (autoloads (gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el" (16808 48570))
10209 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
10211 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
10212 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10213 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10214 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10216 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
10217 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
10218 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
10219 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
10221 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
10222 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
10223 `gdb-use-inferior-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
10224 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are given in
10225 relevant buffer.
10227 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
10229 The following commands help control operation :
10231 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
10232 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
10234 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
10235 detailed description of this mode.
10238 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10239 GDB Toolbar
10240 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10241 GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer
10242 |
10243 |
10244 |
10245 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10246 Source buffer | Input/Output (of inferior) buffer
10247 | (comint-mode)
10248 |
10249 |
10250 |
10251 |
10252 |
10253 |
10254 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10255 Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer
10256 RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint
10257 | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint
10258 | d gdb-delete-breakpoint
10259 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10261 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10263 ;;;***
10264 \f
10265 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
10266 ;;;;;; (16810 63790))
10267 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
10269 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
10270 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
10272 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
10273 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
10274 function.
10276 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
10277 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
10278 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
10279 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
10280 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
10281 \(The latter should be nil if you want comments to end at end of line.)
10282 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
10284 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
10285 Each keyword should be a string.
10287 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
10288 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-keywords'.
10290 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
10291 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
10292 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
10294 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
10296 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
10298 \(fn NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
10300 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
10301 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
10302 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
10303 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
10305 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
10306 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
10308 \(fn TYPE)" t nil)
10310 ;;;***
10311 \f
10312 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
10313 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
10314 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
10316 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
10317 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
10318 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
10319 at places they belong to.
10321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10323 ;;;***
10324 \f
10325 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
10326 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (16775 26712))
10327 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
10329 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
10330 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
10332 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10334 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
10335 Read network news.
10336 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
10337 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
10338 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
10339 name of an NNTP server to use.
10340 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
10341 server.
10343 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
10345 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
10346 Read news as a slave.
10348 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10350 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
10351 Pop up a frame to read news.
10352 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
10353 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
10354 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
10355 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
10357 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
10358 current display is used.
10360 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
10362 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
10363 Read network news.
10364 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
10365 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
10366 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
10368 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
10370 ;;;***
10371 \f
10372 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
10373 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
10374 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
10375 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
10376 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
10377 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (16775 26712))
10378 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
10380 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
10381 Start Gnus unplugged.
10383 \(fn)" t nil)
10385 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
10386 Start Gnus plugged.
10388 \(fn)" t nil)
10390 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
10391 Read news as a slave unplugged.
10393 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10395 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
10396 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
10398 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
10399 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
10400 customize gnus-agent to nil.
10402 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
10403 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
10404 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
10406 \(fn)" t nil)
10408 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
10409 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
10411 \(fn)" nil nil)
10413 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
10414 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP. Always updates the agent, even when
10415 disabled, as the old agent files would corrupt gnus when the agent was
10416 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is supported.
10418 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
10420 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
10421 Delete fully-qualified GROUP. Always updates the agent, even when
10422 disabled, as the old agent files would corrupt gnus when the agent was
10423 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is supported.
10425 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
10427 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
10428 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
10430 \(fn)" nil nil)
10432 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
10433 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
10434 downloaded into the agent.
10436 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
10438 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
10439 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
10440 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
10441 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
10443 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
10445 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
10446 Start Gnus and fetch session.
10448 \(fn)" t nil)
10450 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
10451 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
10453 \(fn)" t nil)
10455 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
10456 Regenerate all agent covered files.
10457 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
10459 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
10461 ;;;***
10462 \f
10463 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
10464 ;;;;;; (16788 34909))
10465 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
10467 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
10468 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
10470 \(fn)" nil nil)
10472 ;;;***
10473 \f
10474 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
10475 ;;;;;; (16698 21927))
10476 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
10478 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
10479 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
10481 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10483 ;;;***
10484 \f
10485 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
10486 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
10487 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (16764
10488 ;;;;;; 51520))
10489 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
10491 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
10492 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
10494 Usage:
10495 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
10497 \(fn)" t nil)
10499 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
10500 Generate the cache active file.
10502 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10504 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
10505 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
10507 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10509 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
10510 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP. Always updates the cache, even when
10511 disabled, as the old cache files would corrupt gnus when the cache was
10512 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is supported.
10514 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
10516 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
10517 Delete GROUP. Always updates the cache, even when
10518 disabled, as the old cache files would corrupt gnus when the cache was
10519 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is supported.
10521 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
10523 ;;;***
10524 \f
10525 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
10526 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (16775 26712))
10527 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
10529 (defgroup gnus-delay nil "Arrange for sending postings later." :version "21.4" :group (quote gnus))
10531 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
10532 Delay this article by some time.
10533 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
10535 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
10536 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
10538 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
10539 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
10541 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
10542 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
10544 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
10546 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
10547 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
10549 \(fn)" t nil)
10551 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
10552 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
10553 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
10554 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
10556 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
10557 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
10559 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
10561 ;;;***
10562 \f
10563 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
10564 ;;;;;; (16697 49031))
10565 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
10567 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
10568 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
10570 \(fn)" nil nil)
10572 ;;;***
10573 \f
10574 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
10575 ;;;;;; (16764 51520))
10576 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
10578 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
10579 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
10581 \(fn)" t nil)
10583 ;;;***
10584 \f
10585 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
10586 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
10587 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (16730
10588 ;;;;;; 31107))
10589 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
10591 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
10592 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
10594 \(fn)" t nil)
10596 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
10597 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
10599 \(fn)" t nil)
10601 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
10602 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
10604 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10606 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
10607 Return an Face header based on an image file.
10609 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10611 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
10612 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
10613 The PNG is returned as a string.
10615 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10617 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
10618 Convert FILE to a Face.
10619 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
10620 726 bytes.
10622 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
10624 ;;;***
10625 \f
10626 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
10627 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (16770 10720))
10628 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
10630 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
10631 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
10632 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
10634 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
10636 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
10637 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
10639 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
10641 ;;;***
10642 \f
10643 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
10644 ;;;;;; (16698 21927))
10645 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
10647 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
10649 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
10650 Run batched scoring.
10651 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
10653 \(fn)" t nil)
10655 ;;;***
10656 \f
10657 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
10658 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
10659 ;;;;;; (16698 21927))
10660 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
10662 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
10663 Not documented
10665 \(fn)" nil nil)
10667 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
10668 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
10669 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
10671 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10673 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
10674 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
10678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10680 ;;;***
10681 \f
10682 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
10683 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
10684 ;;;;;; (16698 21927))
10685 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
10687 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10688 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
10689 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
10690 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
10691 group parameters.
10693 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
10694 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
10695 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
10696 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
10698 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
10699 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
10700 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
10701 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
10702 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
10703 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
10704 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
10705 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
10706 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
10707 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
10709 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
10711 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10712 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
10713 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
10714 nil CATCH-ALL).
10716 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
10717 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
10719 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
10721 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10722 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
10723 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
10725 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
10727 \(fn)" nil nil)
10729 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10730 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
10731 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
10733 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
10735 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
10736 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
10737 existing groups are considered.
10739 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
10740 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
10741 returned.
10743 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
10744 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
10745 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
10746 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
10747 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
10748 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
10749 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
10750 clauses will be generated.
10752 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
10753 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
10754 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
10755 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
10756 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
10757 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
10759 For example, given the following group parameters:
10761 nnml:mail.bar:
10764 nnml:mail.foo:
10769 nnml:mail.others:
10770 \((split-spec . catch-all))
10780 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
10782 ;;;***
10783 \f
10784 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
10785 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
10786 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
10788 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
10789 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
10790 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
10792 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
10794 ;;;***
10795 \f
10796 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
10797 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (16784 39521))
10798 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
10800 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
10801 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
10802 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
10803 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
10805 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
10807 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
10808 Mail to ADDRESS.
10810 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
10812 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
10813 Like `message-reply'.
10815 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
10817 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
10819 ;;;***
10820 \f
10821 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
10822 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
10823 ;;;;;; (16730 31107))
10824 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
10826 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
10827 Display picons in the From header.
10828 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
10830 \(fn)" t nil)
10832 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
10833 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
10834 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
10836 \(fn)" t nil)
10838 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
10839 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
10840 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
10842 \(fn)" t nil)
10844 ;;;***
10845 \f
10846 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
10847 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
10848 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
10849 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
10850 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (16764 51520))
10851 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
10853 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
10854 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
10855 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
10856 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
10858 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
10860 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
10861 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
10862 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
10863 LIST1 is modified.
10865 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
10867 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
10868 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
10869 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
10871 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
10873 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
10874 Not documented
10876 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
10878 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
10879 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
10880 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
10882 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
10884 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
10885 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
10886 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
10888 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
10890 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
10892 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
10893 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
10894 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
10896 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
10898 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
10899 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
10900 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
10902 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
10904 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
10905 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
10906 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
10908 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
10910 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
10911 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
10913 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
10915 ;;;***
10916 \f
10917 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
10918 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (16775 26712))
10919 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
10921 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
10922 Not documented
10924 \(fn)" t nil)
10926 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
10927 Install the registry hooks.
10929 \(fn)" t nil)
10931 ;;;***
10932 \f
10933 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
10934 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (16697
10935 ;;;;;; 49031))
10936 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
10938 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
10939 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
10940 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
10941 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
10942 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
10943 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
10945 \(fn)" t nil)
10947 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
10948 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
10949 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
10950 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
10951 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
10953 \(fn)" t nil)
10955 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
10956 Not documented
10958 \(fn)" t nil)
10960 ;;;***
10961 \f
10962 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
10963 ;;;;;; (16698 21927))
10964 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
10966 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
10967 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
10968 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
10969 for matching on group names.
10971 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
10976 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
10978 \(fn)" t nil)
10980 ;;;***
10981 \f
10982 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
10983 ;;;;;; (16775 26712))
10984 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
10986 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
10987 Update the format specification near point.
10989 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
10991 ;;;***
10992 \f
10993 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
10994 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (16792
10995 ;;;;;; 36614))
10996 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
10998 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
10999 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
11001 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
11003 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
11004 Not documented
11006 \(fn)" nil nil)
11008 ;;;***
11009 \f
11010 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
11011 ;;;;;; (16775 26712))
11012 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
11014 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
11015 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
11017 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
11019 ;;;***
11020 \f
11021 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (16213 43281))
11022 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
11024 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
11025 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
11027 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
11028 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
11029 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
11031 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
11032 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
11033 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
11035 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
11038 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
11039 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
11043 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
11045 ;;;***
11046 \f
11047 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
11048 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (16602 38814))
11049 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
11051 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
11052 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
11053 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
11054 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
11055 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click.
11057 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11059 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
11060 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
11061 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
11062 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
11063 there, then load the URL at or before point.
11065 \(fn)" t nil)
11067 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
11068 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
11069 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
11070 or to send e-mail.
11071 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
11073 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
11074 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
11076 \(fn)" t nil)
11078 ;;;***
11079 \f
11080 ;;;### (autoloads (grep-tree grep-find grep grep-compute-defaults
11081 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
11082 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (16805 44924))
11083 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
11085 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
11086 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
11088 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep")
11090 (defvar grep-command nil "\
11092 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
11093 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
11094 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
11096 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
11097 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
11099 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep")
11101 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
11103 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
11104 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
11106 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep")
11108 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
11109 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
11111 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep")
11113 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)[: ]+\\([0-9]+\\)\\([.:]?\\)\\([0-9]+\\)?\\(?:-\\(?:\\([0-9]+\\)\\3\\)?\\.?\\([0-9]+\\)?\\)?[: ]" 1 (2 . 5) (4 . 6)) ("^\\(.+?\\)[:(]+\\([0-9]+\\)\\([:)]\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;41m\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[00m\\)" 1 2 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 5) (match-end 3) 8)) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 3) 8))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 1))) "\
11114 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
11116 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
11117 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
11118 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11120 (defvar find-program "find" "\
11121 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
11122 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11124 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
11127 If nil, it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
11128 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
11130 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11132 (defvar grep-history nil)
11134 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
11136 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
11137 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
11138 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
11140 \(fn)" nil nil)
11142 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
11143 Not documented
11145 \(fn)" nil nil)
11147 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
11148 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11151 where grep found matches.
11153 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
11154 easily repeat a grep command.
11156 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
11157 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
11158 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
11159 if that history list is empty).
11161 If specified, optional second arg HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is the regexp to
11162 temporarily highlight in visited source lines.
11164 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS &optional HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" t nil)
11166 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
11167 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
11168 Collect output in a buffer.
11170 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
11172 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
11173 easily repeat a find command.
11175 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
11177 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "grep" "\
11178 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
11179 Collect output in a buffer.
11180 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
11181 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
11182 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11183 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
11184 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11187 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
11189 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
11190 easily repeat a find command.
11192 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
11193 those sub directories of DIR.
11195 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR &optional SUBDIRS)" t nil)
11197 ;;;***
11198 \f
11199 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (16565 48734))
11200 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
11202 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
11203 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
11204 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
11205 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
11208 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
11210 ;;;***
11211 \f
11212 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
11213 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (16808 48570))
11214 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
11216 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
11217 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11218 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11219 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11221 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11223 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
11224 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11225 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11226 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11228 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11230 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
11231 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11232 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11233 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11235 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11237 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
11238 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11239 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11240 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11242 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
11243 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
11245 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11247 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
11248 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11249 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11250 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11252 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11254 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
11255 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
11256 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11257 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11259 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11261 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
11262 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
11265 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
11267 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
11268 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
11269 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
11270 original source file access method.
11272 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
11273 gud, see `gud-mode'.
11275 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11277 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
11278 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11279 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11280 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11282 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11287 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
11288 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
11290 \(fn)" t nil)
11292 ;;;***
11293 \f
11294 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (16377
11295 ;;;;;; 12872))
11296 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
11298 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
11300 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
11301 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
11303 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
11304 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
11305 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
11306 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
11308 \(fn)" t nil)
11310 ;;;***
11311 \f
11312 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
11313 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
11314 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
11316 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
11317 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
11319 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
11321 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
11322 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
11323 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
11324 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
11326 Repent before ring 31 moves.
11328 \(fn)" t nil)
11330 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
11331 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
11332 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
11333 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
11334 to be updated.
11336 \(fn)" t nil)
11338 ;;;***
11339 \f
11340 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
11341 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-set-timer help-at-pt-cancel-timer
11342 ;;;;;; display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string help-at-pt-string)
11343 ;;;;;; "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (16775 26706))
11344 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
11346 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
11347 Return the help-echo string at point.
11348 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
11349 property, or nil, is returned.
11350 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
11351 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
11352 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
11354 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
11356 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
11357 Return the keyboard help string at point.
11358 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
11359 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
11360 this produces no string either, return nil.
11362 \(fn)" nil nil)
11364 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
11365 Display local help in the echo area.
11366 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
11367 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
11368 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
11369 printed instead.
11371 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
11372 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
11373 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
11375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11377 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
11378 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
11379 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
11381 \(fn)" t nil)
11383 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
11384 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
11385 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
11387 \(fn)" t nil)
11389 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
11390 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
11391 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
11392 hook.variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
11393 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
11394 considered different regions.
11396 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
11397 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
11398 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
11399 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
11400 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
11401 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
11402 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
11403 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
11404 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
11406 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
11408 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
11409 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
11410 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
11411 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
11412 different regions.
11414 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
11415 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
11416 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
11417 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
11418 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
11419 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
11420 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
11421 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
11423 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
11424 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
11425 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
11426 rarely happens in practice.
11428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11430 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
11431 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
11432 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
11433 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
11434 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
11435 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
11437 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11439 ;;;***
11440 \f
11441 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
11442 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-function locate-library
11443 ;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (16784 39521))
11444 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
11446 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
11447 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
11448 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
11449 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
11450 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
11451 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
11453 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11455 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\
11456 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
11459 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
11460 to the specified name LIBRARY.
11462 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
11463 is used instead of `load-path'.
11465 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
11466 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
11467 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
11469 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
11471 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
11472 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
11474 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11476 (defface help-argument-name (quote ((((supports :slant italic)) :inherit italic))) "Face to highlight argument names in *Help* buffers." :group (quote help))
11478 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
11479 Not documented
11481 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
11483 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
11484 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
11485 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
11487 \(fn)" nil nil)
11489 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
11490 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
11491 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
11492 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
11493 it is displayed along with the global value.
11495 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
11497 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
11498 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
11499 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
11500 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
11502 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
11504 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
11505 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
11506 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
11507 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
11508 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
11510 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
11512 ;;;***
11513 \f
11514 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
11515 ;;;;;; (16213 43268))
11516 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
11518 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
11519 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
11520 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
11521 and window listing and describing the options.
11522 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
11525 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
11527 ;;;***
11528 \f
11529 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
11530 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
11531 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (16654 2763))
11532 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
11534 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
11535 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
11536 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
11537 Commands:
11540 \(fn)" t nil)
11542 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
11543 Not documented
11545 \(fn)" nil nil)
11547 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
11548 Not documented
11550 \(fn)" nil nil)
11552 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
11555 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
11556 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
11557 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
11560 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
11562 restore it properly when going back.
11564 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
11566 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
11567 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
11569 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
11570 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
11571 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
11572 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
11573 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
11574 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
11575 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
11576 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
11578 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
11579 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
11580 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
11581 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
11583 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
11584 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
11585 that.
11587 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
11589 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
11590 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
11591 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
11592 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
11593 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
11594 See `help-make-xrefs'.
11596 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11598 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
11599 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
11600 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
11601 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
11602 See `help-make-xrefs'.
11604 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11606 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
11607 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
11609 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
11611 ;;;***
11612 \f
11613 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
11614 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (16213 43273))
11615 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
11617 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
11618 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
11620 \(fn)" t nil)
11622 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
11623 Provide help for current mode.
11625 \(fn)" t nil)
11627 ;;;***
11628 \f
11629 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
11630 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (16801 58021))
11631 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
11633 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
11635 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
11636 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
11637 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
11639 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
11640 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
11643 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
11644 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
11645 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
11647 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
11648 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
11649 periods.
11651 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
11652 in hexl format.
11654 A sample format:
11656 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
11657 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
11658 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
11659 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
11660 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
11661 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
11662 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
11663 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
11664 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
11665 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
11666 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
11667 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
11668 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
11669 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
11670 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
11672 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
11673 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
11674 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
11676 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
11677 also supported.
11679 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
11681 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
11682 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
11683 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
11686 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
11687 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
11690 into the buffer at the current point.
11693 into the buffer at the current point.
11696 into the buffer at the current point.
11700 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
11701 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
11707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11709 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
11710 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
11711 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists.
11713 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
11715 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
11716 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
11717 This discards the buffer's undo information.
11719 \(fn)" t nil)
11721 ;;;***
11722 \f
11723 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
11724 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
11725 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (16219
11726 ;;;;;; 35448))
11727 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
11729 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
11730 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
11732 (custom-autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
11734 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
11735 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
11737 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
11740 which can be called interactively, are:
11743 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
11746 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
11747 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
11748 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
11751 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
11754 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
11757 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
11759 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
11761 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
11764 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
11766 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
11767 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
11768 Hi-lock: FOO
11769 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
11770 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
11771 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
11772 will be read until
11773 Hi-lock: end
11774 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
11776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11778 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
11780 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
11781 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
11783 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
11784 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
11785 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
11786 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
11788 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
11790 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
11792 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
11793 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
11795 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
11796 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
11797 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
11798 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
11800 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
11802 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
11804 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
11805 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
11807 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
11808 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
11810 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
11812 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
11814 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
11815 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
11817 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
11818 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
11819 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
11820 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
11821 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
11823 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11825 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
11826 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
11828 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
11829 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
11830 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
11832 \(fn)" t nil)
11834 ;;;***
11835 \f
11836 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
11837 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (16213 43281))
11838 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
11840 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
11841 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
11842 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
11843 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
11844 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
11845 how the hiding is done:
11847 `hide-ifdef-env'
11848 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
11849 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
11850 is used.
11852 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
11853 An association list of defined symbol lists.
11854 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
11855 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
11856 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
11858 `hide-ifdef-lines'
11859 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
11860 #endif lines when hiding.
11862 `hide-ifdef-initially'
11863 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
11864 is activated.
11866 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
11867 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
11868 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
11872 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11874 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
11875 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
11877 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
11879 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
11880 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
11882 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
11884 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
11885 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
11887 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
11889 ;;;***
11890 \f
11891 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
11892 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (16275 41871))
11893 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
11895 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
11896 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
11898 (custom-autoload (quote hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) "hideshow")
11900 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
11901 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
11902 Each element has the form
11903 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
11905 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
11906 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
11908 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
11909 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
11911 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
11912 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
11913 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
11914 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
11915 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
11916 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
11918 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
11919 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
11921 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
11922 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
11924 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
11925 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
11926 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
11928 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
11929 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
11930 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
11931 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
11932 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
11933 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
11935 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
11936 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
11937 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
11939 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
11940 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
11942 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
11944 Key bindings:
11947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11949 ;;;***
11950 \f
11951 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
11952 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
11953 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
11954 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
11955 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (16435 26305))
11956 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
11958 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
11960 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
11961 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
11962 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
11964 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11966 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
11967 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
11969 Without an argument:
11970 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
11971 or passive state as determined by the variable
11972 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
11973 and passive state.
11975 With an argument ARG:
11976 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
11977 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
11978 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
11980 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
11981 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
11982 not displayed in a different face.
11984 Functions:
11988 buffer with the contents of a file
11991 various faces.
11993 Hook variables:
11994 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
11995 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
11996 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
11998 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12000 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
12001 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12003 \(fn)" t nil)
12005 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
12006 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12008 \(fn)" t nil)
12010 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
12011 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
12013 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
12014 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
12015 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
12016 shown in the last face in the list.
12018 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
12019 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
12020 buffer to be saved):
12022 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
12024 \(fn)" t nil)
12026 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
12027 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
12029 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
12031 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
12032 to save the file.
12034 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
12035 written to a temporary file for comparison.
12037 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12041 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
12043 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
12044 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
12046 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
12047 this function is called interactively.
12049 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
12050 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
12051 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
12053 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12057 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
12059 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
12060 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
12062 When called interactively:
12063 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
12064 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
12065 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
12066 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
12068 When called from a program:
12069 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
12070 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
12071 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
12072 - otherwise just turn it on
12074 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
12076 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
12079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12081 ;;;***
12082 \f
12083 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
12084 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
12085 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
12086 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
12087 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (16213 43268))
12088 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
12090 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
12091 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
12092 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
12093 or insert functions in this list.")
12095 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
12097 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
12098 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
12100 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
12102 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
12103 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
12105 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
12107 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
12108 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
12110 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
12112 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
12113 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
12115 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
12117 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
12118 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
12119 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
12121 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
12124 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
12125 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
12126 \(as atoms)")
12128 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
12130 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
12131 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
12132 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
12133 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
12134 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
12136 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
12138 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
12139 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
12140 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
12141 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
12142 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
12143 expansions.
12144 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
12146 undoes the expansion.
12148 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12150 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
12151 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
12152 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
12153 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
12155 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
12157 ;;;***
12158 \f
12159 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
12160 ;;;;;; (16469 33009))
12161 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
12163 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
12164 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
12165 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
12167 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
12168 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
12169 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
12170 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
12171 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
12173 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
12174 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
12175 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
12176 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
12178 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12180 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
12181 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
12182 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12183 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12186 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line")
12188 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
12189 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
12190 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
12192 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
12193 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
12195 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12197 ;;;***
12198 \f
12199 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
12200 ;;;;;; (16722 36135))
12201 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
12203 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
12204 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
12205 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
12207 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
12209 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12211 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
12212 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
12214 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
12215 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
12217 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
12219 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
12221 ;;;***
12222 \f
12223 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
12224 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (16213 43281))
12225 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
12227 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
12228 This function is obsolete.
12229 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
12230 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
12232 \(fn)" nil nil)
12234 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
12235 This function is obsolete.
12236 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
12237 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
12239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12241 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
12242 This function is obsolete.
12243 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
12244 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
12246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12248 ;;;***
12249 \f
12250 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (16777
12251 ;;;;;; 65418))
12252 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
12254 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
12255 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
12257 \(fn)" t nil)
12259 ;;;***
12260 \f
12261 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
12262 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
12263 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
12264 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
12265 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
12266 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
12267 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
12268 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
12269 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
12270 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
12271 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
12272 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
12273 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
12274 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
12275 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
12276 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
12277 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
12278 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
12279 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
12280 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
12281 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
12282 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (16764 51518))
12283 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
12285 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
12286 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
12287 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
12289 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12291 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
12292 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
12294 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
12296 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
12297 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
12299 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
12301 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12302 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
12304 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
12306 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12307 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
12309 \(fn)" t nil)
12311 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12312 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
12314 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
12316 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12317 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
12319 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
12320 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext.el")
12321 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
12322 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext.el")
12323 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
12324 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
12325 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext.el")
12326 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext.el")
12327 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
12328 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
12329 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
12330 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext.el")
12332 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
12333 Not documented
12335 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
12337 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12338 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
12340 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12342 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
12343 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
12345 \(fn)" t nil)
12347 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12348 Remove the first filter group.
12350 \(fn)" t nil)
12352 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12353 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
12355 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12357 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
12358 Remove all filter groups.
12360 \(fn)" t nil)
12362 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12363 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
12365 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12367 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12368 Kill the filter group named NAME.
12369 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
12371 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12373 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
12374 Kill the filter group at point.
12375 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
12377 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
12379 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
12380 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
12382 \(fn)" t nil)
12384 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12385 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
12387 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12389 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
12390 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
12391 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
12392 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
12394 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
12396 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
12397 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
12398 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
12400 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12402 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
12403 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
12404 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
12405 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
12406 of replacing the current filters.
12408 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12410 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
12411 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
12413 \(fn)" t nil)
12415 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
12416 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
12418 \(fn)" t nil)
12420 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
12421 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
12423 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
12424 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
12425 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
12427 \(fn)" t nil)
12429 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
12430 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
12432 \(fn)" t nil)
12434 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
12435 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
12437 \(fn)" t nil)
12439 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
12440 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
12441 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
12442 filter into parts.
12444 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
12446 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
12447 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
12448 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
12450 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
12452 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
12453 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
12455 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12457 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
12458 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
12460 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12462 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
12463 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
12464 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
12465 of replacing the current filters.
12467 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12468 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
12469 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
12470 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext.el")
12471 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext.el")
12472 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext.el")
12473 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext.el")
12474 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext.el")
12475 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext.el")
12477 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
12478 Toggle the current sorting mode.
12479 Default sorting modes are:
12480 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
12481 Name - the name of the buffer
12482 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
12483 Size - the size of the buffer
12485 \(fn)" t nil)
12487 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
12488 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
12490 \(fn)" t nil)
12491 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
12492 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext.el")
12493 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext.el")
12494 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext.el")
12496 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
12497 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
12499 \(fn)" t nil)
12501 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
12502 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
12503 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
12504 for this Ibuffer session.
12506 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12508 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
12509 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
12510 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
12511 for this Ibuffer session.
12513 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12515 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
12516 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
12518 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
12519 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
12521 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
12522 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
12524 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
12526 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
12527 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
12529 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
12530 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
12532 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
12534 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
12535 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
12537 \(fn)" t nil)
12539 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
12540 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
12542 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
12543 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
12544 hidden group filter, open it.
12546 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
12547 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
12548 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
12550 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12552 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
12553 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
12556 \(fn)" t nil)
12558 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
12559 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
12561 The names are separated by a space.
12562 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
12564 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
12565 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
12567 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
12571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12573 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
12574 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
12576 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12578 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
12579 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
12581 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12583 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
12584 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
12586 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12588 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
12589 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
12591 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
12593 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
12594 Mark all modified buffers.
12596 \(fn)" t nil)
12598 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
12599 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
12601 \(fn)" t nil)
12603 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
12604 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
12606 \(fn)" t nil)
12608 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
12609 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
12611 \(fn)" t nil)
12613 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
12614 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
12616 \(fn)" t nil)
12618 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
12619 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
12621 \(fn)" t nil)
12623 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
12624 Mark all read-only buffers.
12626 \(fn)" t nil)
12628 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
12629 Mark all `dired' buffers.
12631 \(fn)" t nil)
12633 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
12634 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
12635 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
12636 defaults to one.
12638 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
12640 ;;;***
12641 \f
12642 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
12643 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (16544
12644 ;;;;;; 33333))
12645 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
12647 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
12648 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
12650 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
12651 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
12652 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
12654 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
12655 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
12656 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
12657 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
12658 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
12659 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
12661 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
12662 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
12663 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
12664 change its definition, you should explicitly call
12665 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
12667 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
12669 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
12670 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
12671 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
12672 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
12673 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
12675 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
12676 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
12679 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
12681 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
12682 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
12683 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
12684 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
12685 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
12686 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
12688 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
12689 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
12690 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
12691 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
12692 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
12693 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
12694 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
12695 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
12696 values are:
12697 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
12698 t - the function it always modifies buffers
12699 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
12700 buffer's modification flag.
12701 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
12702 prompted before performing this operation.
12703 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
12704 operation is complete, in the form:
12706 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
12707 confirmation message, in the form:
12709 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
12710 macro for exactly what it does.
12712 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
12714 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
12715 Define a filter named NAME.
12716 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
12717 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
12718 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
12720 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
12721 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
12722 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
12723 bound to the current value of the filter.
12725 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
12727 ;;;***
12728 \f
12729 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
12730 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (16775 26706))
12731 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
12733 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
12734 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
12735 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
12736 buffers which are visiting a file.
12738 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
12740 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
12741 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
12742 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
12743 buffers which are visiting a file.
12745 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
12747 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
12748 Begin using `ibuffer' to edit a list of buffers.
12749 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
12751 Optional argument OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
12752 Optional argument NAME specifies the name of the buffer; it defaults
12754 Optional argument QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers
12755 to use; see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
12756 Optional argument NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
12757 Optional argument SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The
12758 special value `onewindow' means always use another window.
12759 Optional argument FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering
12760 groups to use; see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
12761 Optional argument FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
12762 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have that value
12763 locally in this buffer.
12765 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
12767 ;;;***
12768 \f
12769 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
12770 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (16213 43269))
12771 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
12773 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
12774 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
12775 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
12777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12779 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
12780 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
12781 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'.
12783 \(fn)" nil nil)
12785 ;;;***
12786 \f
12787 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (16435 26306))
12788 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
12790 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
12791 Major mode for editing Icon code.
12792 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
12793 Tab indents for Icon code.
12794 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
12795 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12797 Variables controlling indentation style:
12798 icon-tab-always-indent
12799 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
12800 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12801 icon-auto-newline
12802 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
12803 inserted in Icon code.
12804 icon-indent-level
12805 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
12806 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
12807 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
12808 icon-continued-statement-offset
12809 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
12810 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
12811 icon-continued-brace-offset
12812 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
12813 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
12814 icon-brace-offset
12815 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
12816 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
12817 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
12818 this far to the right of the start of its line.
12820 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
12821 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
12823 \(fn)" t nil)
12825 ;;;***
12826 \f
12827 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
12828 ;;;;;; (16796 28018))
12829 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
12831 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
12832 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
12833 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
12834 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
12836 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
12837 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
12838 separate frames.
12840 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
12841 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
12843 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
12844 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
12845 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
12849 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
12851 ;;;***
12852 \f
12853 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
12854 ;;;;;; (16796 28018))
12855 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
12857 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
12858 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 5.5).
12860 The main features of this mode are
12862 1. Indentation and Formatting
12863 --------------------------
12864 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
12865 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
12868 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
12869 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
12870 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
12872 Comments are indented as follows:
12874 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
12875 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
12876 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
12878 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
12881 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
12882 relative to the first will be retained. Use
12884 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
12885 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
12887 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
12892 2. Routine Info
12893 ------------
12894 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
12895 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
12897 source file of a module. These commands know about system
12898 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
12899 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
12900 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
12901 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
12903 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
12905 3. Online IDL Help
12906 ---------------
12908 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single
12909 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. The
12910 HTML help files package must be installed for this to work -- check
12911 the IDLWAVE webpage for the correct package for your version. See
12912 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
12914 4. Completion
12915 ----------
12917 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
12918 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
12919 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
12920 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
12921 upper case.
12923 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
12924 --------------------------------
12925 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
12940 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
12943 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
12944 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
12947 6. Automatic Case Conversion
12948 -------------------------
12949 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
12950 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
12952 7. Automatic END completion
12953 ------------------------
12954 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
12955 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
12957 8. Hooks
12958 -----
12959 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
12960 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
12962 9. Documentation and Customization
12963 -------------------------------
12964 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
12966 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
12967 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
12968 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
12970 10.Keybindings
12971 -----------
12972 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
12974 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
12978 \(fn)" t nil)
12981 ;;;***
12982 \f
12983 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
12984 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
12985 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
12986 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
12987 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
12988 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
12989 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
12990 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (16804
12991 ;;;;;; 23129))
12992 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
12994 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
12995 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
12996 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
12997 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
12998 displaying...)
12999 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
13000 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
13001 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
13003 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13006 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido")
13008 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
13009 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
13010 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13011 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
13012 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
13013 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
13014 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
13015 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
13016 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13020 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
13021 Switch to another buffer.
13022 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
13023 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13024 in another frame.
13026 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
13027 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
13028 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
13029 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have their
13032 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
13033 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
13036 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
13041 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
13042 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
13043 in a separate window.
13054 \(fn)" t nil)
13056 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
13057 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13058 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13061 \(fn)" t nil)
13063 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
13064 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13065 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13068 \(fn)" t nil)
13070 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
13071 Kill a buffer.
13072 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13075 \(fn)" t nil)
13077 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
13078 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
13079 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13082 \(fn)" t nil)
13084 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
13085 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13086 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13089 \(fn)" t nil)
13091 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
13092 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
13094 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
13096 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
13097 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
13098 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
13099 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
13100 visible in another frame.
13102 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you type
13103 in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed if
13104 substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
13105 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
13106 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
13109 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
13110 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
13113 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
13118 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
13119 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
13120 in a separate window.
13122 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
13126 \\[ido-wide-find-file] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
13137 \(fn)" t nil)
13139 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
13140 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13141 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13144 \(fn)" t nil)
13146 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
13147 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13148 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13151 \(fn)" t nil)
13153 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
13154 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
13155 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13158 \(fn)" t nil)
13160 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
13161 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
13162 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13165 \(fn)" t nil)
13167 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
13168 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
13169 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13172 \(fn)" t nil)
13174 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
13175 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
13176 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13179 \(fn)" t nil)
13181 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
13182 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
13183 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13186 \(fn)" t nil)
13188 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
13189 Write current buffer to a file.
13190 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13193 \(fn)" t nil)
13195 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
13196 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
13197 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13200 \(fn)" t nil)
13202 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
13203 Call dired the ido way.
13204 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13207 \(fn)" t nil)
13209 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
13210 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13211 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13212 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13213 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
13214 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
13216 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
13218 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
13219 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
13220 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13221 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
13223 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
13225 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
13226 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
13227 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13228 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
13230 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
13232 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
13233 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
13234 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
13235 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
13236 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
13237 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
13238 with `completing-read'.
13239 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
13240 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
13241 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
13242 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
13243 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
13244 with point positioned at the end.
13245 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
13246 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
13248 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
13250 ;;;***
13251 \f
13252 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (16686 1588))
13253 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
13254 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
13256 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
13257 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
13258 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
13260 \(fn)" t nil)
13262 ;;;***
13263 \f
13264 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
13265 ;;;;;; (16619 14967))
13266 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
13268 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
13269 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
13271 \(fn)" t nil)
13273 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
13274 Toggle inline image minor mode.
13276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13278 ;;;***
13279 \f
13280 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
13281 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
13282 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (16722 36133))
13283 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
13285 (defvar image-library-alist nil "\
13286 Alist of image types vs external libraries needed to display them.
13288 Each element is a list (IMAGE-TYPE LIBRARY...), where the car is a symbol
13289 representing a supported image type, and the rest are strings giving
13290 alternate filenames for the corresponding external libraries.
13292 Emacs tries to load the libraries in the order they appear on the
13293 list; if none is loaded, the running session of Emacs won't
13294 support the image type. Types 'pbm and 'xbm don't need to be
13295 listed; they're always supported.")
13296 (put 'image-library-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
13298 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
13299 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
13300 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
13301 be determined.
13303 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
13305 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
13306 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
13307 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
13308 be determined.
13310 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13312 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
13313 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
13314 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
13316 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
13318 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
13319 Create an image.
13320 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
13321 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
13322 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
13323 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
13324 use its file extension as image type.
13325 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
13326 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
13327 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
13328 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
13330 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
13332 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
13333 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
13334 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
13335 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
13336 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
13337 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
13338 POS may be an integer or marker.
13339 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
13340 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
13341 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
13342 means display it in the right marginal area.
13344 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
13346 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
13347 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
13348 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
13349 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
13350 defaulted if you omit it.
13351 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
13352 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
13353 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
13354 means display it in the right marginal area.
13355 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
13356 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
13357 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
13358 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
13359 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
13361 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
13363 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
13364 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
13365 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
13366 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
13368 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
13370 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
13371 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
13373 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
13375 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
13376 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
13377 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
13378 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
13379 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
13380 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
13381 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
13382 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
13383 satisfied.
13385 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'.
13387 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
13389 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
13390 Define SYMBOL as an image.
13392 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
13393 documentation string.
13395 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
13396 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
13397 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
13398 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
13399 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
13400 string containing the actual image data. The first image
13401 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
13402 define SYMBOL.
13404 Example:
13409 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
13411 ;;;***
13412 \f
13413 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
13414 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
13415 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (16213 43269))
13416 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
13418 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
13419 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
13420 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
13421 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
13423 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
13424 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
13425 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
13428 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
13430 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
13431 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
13432 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
13433 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
13435 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
13436 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
13437 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
13440 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
13442 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
13443 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
13445 \(fn)" nil nil)
13447 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
13448 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
13449 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
13450 the command `insert-file-contents'.
13452 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
13454 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
13455 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
13456 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13457 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13460 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
13462 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
13463 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
13464 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
13465 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
13467 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
13468 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
13469 `image-file-name-regexps'.
13471 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13473 ;;;***
13474 \f
13475 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
13476 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (16816 23724))
13477 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
13479 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
13480 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
13482 Affects only the mouse index menu.
13484 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
13485 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
13486 in the buffer.
13488 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
13490 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
13491 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
13492 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
13494 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu")
13496 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
13497 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
13499 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
13500 to create a buffer index.
13502 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
13503 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
13504 or like this:
13505 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
13506 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
13507 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
13508 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
13509 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
13511 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
13512 entries are not nested.
13514 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
13515 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
13516 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
13517 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
13519 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
13520 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
13522 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
13523 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
13524 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
13526 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
13527 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
13529 during matching.")
13531 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
13533 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
13534 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
13536 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
13537 of the current buffer as an alist.
13539 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
13540 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
13541 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
13542 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
13543 if it is a sub-alist.
13545 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.")
13547 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
13549 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
13550 Function for finding the next index position.
13552 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
13553 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
13554 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
13555 file.
13557 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
13558 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
13560 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
13562 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
13563 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
13565 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
13566 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
13567 It should return the name for that index item.")
13569 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
13571 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
13572 Function to compare string with index item.
13574 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
13575 non-nil if they match.
13577 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
13578 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
13582 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
13584 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
13585 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
13586 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
13588 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
13590 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
13592 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
13594 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
13595 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
13596 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
13597 See the command `imenu' for more information.
13599 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13601 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
13604 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
13606 \(fn)" t nil)
13608 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
13609 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
13610 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
13611 for more information.
13613 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
13615 ;;;***
13616 \f
13617 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
13618 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
13619 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (16303 21394))
13620 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
13622 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
13623 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
13625 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13627 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
13628 Not documented
13630 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
13632 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
13633 Not documented
13635 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
13637 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
13638 Not documented
13640 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13642 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
13643 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
13644 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
13645 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
13646 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
13648 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
13650 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
13651 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
13652 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
13653 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
13654 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
13656 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
13658 ;;;***
13659 \f
13660 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
13661 ;;;;;; (16213 43282))
13662 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
13665 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
13666 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
13667 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
13668 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
13670 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
13671 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
13674 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
13675 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
13676 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
13677 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
13679 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
13680 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
13683 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
13685 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
13686 Inferior Lisp buffer.
13688 This variable is only used if the variable
13689 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
13691 More precise choices:
13696 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
13698 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
13699 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
13701 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
13702 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
13703 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
13704 to that buffer.
13705 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
13706 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
13707 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
13710 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
13711 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
13713 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
13715 ;;;***
13716 \f
13717 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-restore-desktop-buffer Info-speedbar-browser
13718 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node
13719 ;;;;;; info-apropos Info-index Info-directory Info-goto-node info-standalone
13720 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
13721 ;;;;;; (16810 63790))
13722 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
13724 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
13725 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
13727 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
13729 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
13731 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
13732 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
13733 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
13734 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
13735 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
13736 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
13737 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
13738 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
13739 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
13740 with the top-level Info directory.
13742 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
13743 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
13744 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
13745 appended to the Info buffer name.
13747 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
13748 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
13749 in all the directories in that path.
13751 \(fn &optional FILE BUFFER)" t nil)
13753 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
13754 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
13756 \(fn)" t nil)
13758 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
13759 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
13760 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
13763 \(fn)" nil nil)
13765 (autoload (quote Info-goto-node) "info" "\
13766 Go to info node named NODENAME. Give just NODENAME or (FILENAME)NODENAME.
13767 If NODENAME is of the form (FILENAME)NODENAME, the node is in the Info file
13768 FILENAME; otherwise, NODENAME should be in the current Info file (or one of
13769 its sub-files).
13770 Completion is available, but only for node names in the current Info file.
13771 If FORK is non-nil (interactively with a prefix arg), show the node in
13772 a new info buffer.
13773 If FORK is a string, it is the name to use for the new buffer.
13775 \(fn NODENAME &optional FORK)" t nil)
13777 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
13778 Go to the Info directory node.
13780 \(fn)" t nil)
13782 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
13783 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this file.
13784 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
13785 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
13787 Give a blank topic name to go to the Index node itself.
13789 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
13791 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
13792 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
13793 Build a menu of the possible matches.
13795 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
13796 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
13798 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
13799 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
13800 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
13801 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
13802 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
13803 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
13805 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
13806 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
13808 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
13809 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
13810 KEY is a string.
13811 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
13812 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
13813 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
13814 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
13816 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
13818 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
13819 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
13820 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
13822 \(fn)" t nil)
13824 (autoload (quote Info-restore-desktop-buffer) "info" "\
13825 Restore an info buffer specified in a desktop file.
13827 \(fn DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)" nil nil)
13829 ;;;***
13830 \f
13831 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
13832 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
13833 ;;;;;; (16783 21520))
13834 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
13836 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
13837 Throw away all cached data.
13838 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
13839 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
13840 system.
13842 \(fn)" t nil)
13843 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
13845 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
13846 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
13847 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
13848 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
13849 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
13850 The default symbol is the one found at point.
13852 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
13854 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
13855 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
13857 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
13858 Display the documentation of a file.
13859 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
13860 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
13861 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
13862 The default file name is the one found at point.
13864 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
13866 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
13868 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
13869 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
13871 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
13873 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
13874 Perform completion on file preceding point.
13876 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
13878 ;;;***
13879 \f
13880 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
13881 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (16484 6598))
13882 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
13884 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
13885 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
13887 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13889 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
13890 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
13891 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
13893 \(fn)" t nil)
13895 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
13896 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
13897 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
13899 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
13900 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
13901 quite a while.
13903 \(fn)" t nil)
13905 ;;;***
13906 \f
13907 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
13908 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (16213 43269))
13909 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
13911 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
13912 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
13914 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
13916 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
13917 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
13918 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
13920 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
13921 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
13922 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
13924 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
13925 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
13926 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
13927 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
13929 \(fn)" t nil)
13931 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
13932 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
13933 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
13935 \(fn)" t nil)
13937 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
13938 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
13939 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
13940 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
13943 \(fn)" nil nil)
13945 ;;;***
13946 \f
13947 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
13948 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
13949 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
13950 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
13952 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
13953 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
13955 \(fn)" t nil)
13957 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
13958 Toggle input method in interactive search.
13960 \(fn)" t nil)
13962 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
13963 Not documented
13965 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
13967 ;;;***
13968 \f
13969 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (16541
13970 ;;;;;; 47351))
13971 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
13973 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
13974 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
13975 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
13976 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
13977 accessed via isearchb.
13979 \(fn)" t nil)
13981 ;;;***
13982 \f
13983 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
13984 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
13985 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
13987 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
13988 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
13989 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
13990 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
13992 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
13994 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
13995 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
13997 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
13998 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
13999 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
14001 /a gives a with ring.
14002 /e gives an a-e ligature.
14003 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
14004 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
14005 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
14007 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
14008 and a negative argument disables it.
14010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14012 ;;;***
14013 \f
14014 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
14015 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
14016 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
14017 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (16795 7139))
14018 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
14020 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
14021 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
14022 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14023 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14025 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14027 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
14028 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
14029 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14030 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14032 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14034 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
14035 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
14036 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14037 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14039 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14041 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
14042 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14043 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14044 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14046 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14048 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
14049 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14050 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14051 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14053 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14055 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
14056 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
14057 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14058 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14060 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14062 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
14063 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
14064 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14065 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14067 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14069 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
14070 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
14072 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14074 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14076 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
14077 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14079 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14081 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14083 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
14084 Warn that format is read-only.
14086 \(fn)" t nil)
14088 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
14089 Warn that format is write-only.
14091 \(fn)" t nil)
14093 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
14094 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
14096 \(fn)" t nil)
14098 ;;;***
14099 \f
14100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
14101 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
14102 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
14103 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
14104 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
14105 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
14107 ;;;***
14108 \f
14109 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
14110 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
14111 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
14112 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
14113 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
14114 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (16805 44925))
14115 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
14117 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
14118 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
14120 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
14122 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell")
14124 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
14125 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
14127 These will override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
14129 Customization changes made to `ispell-dictionary-alist' will not operate
14130 over emacs sessions. To make permanent changes to your dictionary
14131 definitions, you will need to make your changes in this variable, save,
14132 and then re-start emacs.")
14134 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
14136 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
14138 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
14140 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
14142 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
14144 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
14146 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
14148 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
14149 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
14151 Each element of this list is also a list:
14153 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
14154 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
14156 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
14157 nil means the default dictionary.
14159 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
14160 word.
14162 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
14164 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
14165 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
14166 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
14167 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
14171 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
14172 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
14174 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
14175 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
14176 single word.
14178 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
14179 subprocess.
14181 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
14182 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
14184 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
14185 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
14186 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
14187 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
14188 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
14190 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
14192 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
14193 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
14194 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
14196 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
14198 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
14199 Key map for ispell menu.")
14201 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
14202 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
14203 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
14206 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
14208 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (if (fboundp (quote ispell-valid-dictionary-list)) (ispell-valid-dictionary-list) (mapcar (lambda (x) (or (car x) "default")) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (dict-map (make-sparse-keymap "Dictionaries"))) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (if (not dicts) (define-key ispell-menu-map [default] (quote ("Select Default Dict" "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary "default"))))) (fset (quote ispell-dict-map) dict-map) (define-key ispell-menu-map [dictionaries] (\` (menu-item "Select Dict" ispell-dict-map))) (dolist (name dicts) (define-key dict-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (\` (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary (\, name)))))))))
14210 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle . flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
14212 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
14214 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
14216 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
14217 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
14218 The alist key must be a regular expression.
14219 Valid forms include:
14220 (KEY) - just skip the key.
14221 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
14222 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
14223 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
14225 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
14226 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
14227 First list is used raw.
14230 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
14231 for skipping in latex mode.")
14233 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
14234 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
14235 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
14236 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
14238 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
14240 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
14241 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
14242 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
14243 in a window allowing you to choose one.
14245 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
14246 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
14247 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
14248 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
14249 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
14251 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
14252 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
14254 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
14259 return values:
14260 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
14261 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
14264 quit spell session exited.
14266 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
14268 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
14269 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
14270 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
14272 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
14274 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
14275 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
14277 Selections are:
14279 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
14280 SPC: Accept word this time.
14281 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
14282 `a': Accept word for this session.
14283 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
14284 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
14285 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
14286 `?': Show these commands.
14287 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
14288 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
14289 the aborted check to be completed later.
14290 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
14291 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
14292 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
14293 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
14294 `C-l': redraws screen
14295 `C-r': recursive edit
14296 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
14298 \(fn)" nil nil)
14300 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
14301 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
14302 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
14304 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
14306 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
14307 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
14308 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
14310 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
14312 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary.
14314 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
14316 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
14317 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
14318 Return nil if spell session is quit,
14319 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
14321 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
14323 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
14324 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
14326 \(fn)" t nil)
14328 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
14329 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
14331 \(fn)" t nil)
14333 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
14334 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
14336 \(fn)" t nil)
14338 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
14339 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
14340 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
14341 sequence inside of a word.
14343 Standard ispell choices are then available.
14345 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
14347 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
14348 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
14350 \(fn)" t nil)
14352 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
14353 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
14354 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
14355 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
14357 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
14358 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
14359 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
14360 available on the net.
14362 \(fn)" t nil)
14364 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
14365 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
14366 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
14368 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
14369 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
14371 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
14374 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14376 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
14377 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
14378 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
14379 Don't check included messages.
14381 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
14382 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
14383 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
14385 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
14386 in your .emacs file:
14387 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
14388 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
14389 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
14390 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
14392 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
14393 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
14396 \(fn)" t nil)
14398 ;;;***
14399 \f
14400 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (16681
14401 ;;;;;; 45592))
14402 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
14404 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
14405 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
14406 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14407 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14410 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
14412 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
14413 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
14414 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
14415 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
14416 `iswitchb' for details.
14418 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14420 ;;;***
14421 \f
14422 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
14423 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
14424 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
14425 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (16213 43280))
14426 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
14428 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
14429 Not documented
14431 \(fn)" nil nil)
14433 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
14434 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
14435 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
14436 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
14437 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
14438 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
14439 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
14440 necessary to represent OBJ.
14442 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
14444 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
14445 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
14446 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
14447 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
14449 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
14451 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
14452 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
14453 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
14454 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
14455 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
14457 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
14459 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
14460 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
14461 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
14462 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
14464 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
14466 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
14467 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
14468 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
14469 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
14471 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
14473 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
14474 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
14476 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14478 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
14479 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
14480 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
14481 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
14482 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
14484 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
14486 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
14487 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
14488 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
14489 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
14490 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
14492 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
14494 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
14495 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
14496 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
14498 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
14500 ;;;***
14501 \f
14502 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (16484
14503 ;;;;;; 6598))
14504 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
14506 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
14507 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
14508 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
14509 that needs to be (re)fontified.
14510 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful.
14512 \(fn FUN &optional CONTEXTUAL)" nil nil)
14514 ;;;***
14515 \f
14516 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
14517 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (16484 6598))
14518 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
14520 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
14521 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
14522 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14523 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14526 (custom-autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr")
14528 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
14529 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
14530 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
14531 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on).
14533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14535 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
14536 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled.
14538 \(fn &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14540 ;;;***
14541 \f
14542 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
14543 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
14544 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
14545 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
14547 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
14548 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
14549 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
14550 decimal key must be specified.")
14552 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
14554 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
14555 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
14556 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
14557 decimal key must be specified.")
14559 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
14561 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
14562 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
14563 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
14564 decimal key must be specified.")
14566 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
14568 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
14569 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
14570 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
14571 decimal key must be specified.")
14573 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
14575 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
14576 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
14577 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
14578 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
14579 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
14580 keys are bound.
14582 Setup Binding
14583 -------------------------------------------------------------
14584 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
14585 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
14586 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
14587 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
14588 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
14589 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
14590 in the global and local keymaps.
14592 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
14593 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
14595 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
14597 ;;;***
14598 \f
14599 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
14600 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
14601 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
14603 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
14604 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
14605 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
14607 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
14608 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
14609 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
14610 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
14611 shorter.
14613 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
14614 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
14615 the context of text formatting.
14617 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
14619 ;;;***
14620 \f
14621 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (16213
14622 ;;;;;; 43274))
14623 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
14625 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
14626 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
14627 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
14628 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
14629 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
14630 positions that contains the current selection.")
14632 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
14633 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
14634 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
14635 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
14636 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
14637 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
14638 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
14640 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14642 ;;;***
14643 \f
14644 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
14645 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
14646 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
14647 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (16814 63075))
14648 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
14649 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
14650 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
14651 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
14652 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
14653 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
14654 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
14655 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
14657 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
14658 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
14659 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
14663 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
14666 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
14667 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
14669 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
14670 defining the macro.
14673 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
14679 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14681 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
14682 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
14686 under that name.
14688 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
14689 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
14690 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
14692 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14694 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
14696 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
14698 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
14699 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
14700 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
14701 for details on how to adjust or disable this behaviour.
14703 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
14706 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
14708 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
14709 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
14710 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
14712 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
14713 macro.
14716 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
14718 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
14720 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
14725 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14727 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
14728 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
14729 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
14732 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
14734 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
14735 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
14736 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
14737 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
14739 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
14742 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
14744 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
14745 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
14746 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
14748 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
14750 ;;;***
14751 \f
14752 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
14753 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
14754 ;;;;;; (16303 15430))
14755 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
14759 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
14760 Not documented
14762 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14764 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
14765 Not documented
14767 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
14769 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
14770 Not documented
14772 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
14774 ;;;***
14775 \f
14776 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
14777 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (16213 43280))
14778 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
14780 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
14781 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
14784 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
14785 Not documented
14787 \(fn)" nil nil)
14789 ;;;***
14790 \f
14791 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
14792 ;;;;;; (16478 51573))
14793 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
14795 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
14797 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
14798 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
14800 \(fn)" t nil)
14802 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
14804 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
14805 Start or resume an Lm game.
14806 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
14807 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
14809 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
14810 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
14811 none / 1 | yes | no
14812 2 | yes | yes
14813 3 | no | yes
14814 4 | no | no
14817 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
14820 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
14822 ;;;***
14823 \f
14824 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
14825 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
14826 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (16213
14827 ;;;;;; 43280))
14828 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
14830 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
14831 Not documented
14833 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
14835 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
14836 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
14837 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
14838 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
14839 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
14840 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
14842 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
14843 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
14845 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
14847 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
14848 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
14850 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
14852 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
14853 Not documented
14855 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
14857 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
14858 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
14859 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
14860 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
14861 to compose.
14863 The return value is number of composed characters.
14865 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
14867 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
14868 Not documented
14870 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14872 ;;;***
14873 \f
14874 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
14875 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (16680 26004))
14876 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
14878 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
14879 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
14880 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
14881 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
14882 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
14883 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
14884 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
14885 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
14887 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
14888 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
14890 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14893 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
14895 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
14896 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
14897 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
14898 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
14899 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
14900 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
14901 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
14902 a Unicode font with which to display them.
14904 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
14906 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
14907 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
14908 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
14909 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
14911 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14914 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
14916 ;;;***
14917 \f
14918 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
14919 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (16213 43269))
14920 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
14922 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
14923 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
14924 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
14925 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
14927 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
14929 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
14930 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
14931 JIT Lock's favor.
14933 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
14935 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
14936 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
14937 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
14938 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
14939 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
14940 for large buffers.
14942 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
14943 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
14944 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
14945 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
14946 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
14948 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
14949 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
14950 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
14951 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
14952 slow to keep up with your typing.
14954 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
14955 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
14956 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
14957 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
14958 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
14959 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
14961 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
14962 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
14963 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
14964 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
14966 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
14967 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
14968 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
14971 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
14972 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
14973 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
14974 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
14975 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
14977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14979 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
14980 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
14982 \(fn)" nil nil)
14984 ;;;***
14985 \f
14986 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
14987 ;;;;;; (16239 25259))
14988 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
14992 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
14993 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
14995 \(fn)" t nil)
14997 ;;;***
14998 \f
14999 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
15000 ;;;;;; (16213 43269))
15001 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
15003 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
15004 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
15006 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
15007 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
15009 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
15010 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
15012 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
15014 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
15016 for later transmission to Lisp job.
15020 and transmit saved text.
15022 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
15023 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
15025 \(fn)" t nil)
15027 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
15028 Not documented
15030 \(fn)" nil nil)
15032 ;;;***
15033 \f
15034 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (16793 54110))
15035 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
15037 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
15038 Run Conway's Life simulation.
15039 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
15040 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
15041 generations (this defaults to 1).
15043 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
15045 ;;;***
15046 \f
15047 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (16435
15048 ;;;;;; 26305))
15049 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
15051 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
15052 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
15053 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
15054 is nil, raise an error.
15056 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
15057 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
15058 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
15059 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
15060 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
15061 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
15062 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
15063 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
15064 such as redefining an Emacs function.
15066 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
15068 ;;;***
15069 \f
15070 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
15071 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (16580 11202))
15072 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
15074 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
15075 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
15078 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate")
15080 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
15081 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
15082 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run.
15084 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
15086 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
15087 Run the locate command with a filter.
15089 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
15090 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search.
15092 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
15094 ;;;***
15095 \f
15096 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (16680 26002))
15097 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
15099 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
15100 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
15102 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
15103 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
15106 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
15107 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
15108 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
15109 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
15110 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
15111 uses the current buffer.
15113 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
15115 ;;;***
15116 \f
15117 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (16534
15118 ;;;;;; 3808))
15119 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
15121 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
15122 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
15124 \(fn)" t nil)
15126 ;;;***
15127 \f
15128 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
15129 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (16213
15130 ;;;;;; 43269))
15131 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
15133 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
15135 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
15137 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
15138 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
15139 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
15141 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
15142 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
15144 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
15149 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
15152 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr")
15154 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
15155 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
15156 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
15157 switch on this list.
15158 See `lpr-command'.")
15160 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr")
15162 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
15163 *Name of program for printing a file.
15165 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
15166 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
15167 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
15168 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
15169 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
15170 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
15171 argument.")
15173 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr")
15175 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
15176 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
15177 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15178 for customization of the printer command.
15180 \(fn)" t nil)
15182 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
15183 Paginate and print buffer contents.
15185 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
15186 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
15187 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
15188 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
15190 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
15191 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
15193 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15194 for further customization of the printer command.
15196 \(fn)" t nil)
15198 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
15199 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
15200 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15201 for customization of the printer command.
15203 \(fn START END)" t nil)
15205 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
15206 Paginate and print the region contents.
15208 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
15209 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
15210 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
15211 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
15213 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
15214 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
15216 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15217 for further customization of the printer command.
15219 \(fn START END)" t nil)
15221 ;;;***
15222 \f
15223 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
15224 ;;;;;; (16727 56921))
15225 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
15227 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
15228 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
15229 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
15231 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp")
15233 ;;;***
15234 \f
15235 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (16213
15236 ;;;;;; 43272))
15237 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
15239 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
15240 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
15241 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
15243 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
15245 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15247 ;;;***
15248 \f
15249 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (16213
15250 ;;;;;; 43282))
15251 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
15253 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
15254 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
15257 \(fn)" t nil)
15259 ;;;***
15260 \f
15261 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
15262 ;;;;;; (16424 14687))
15263 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
15265 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
15266 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
15267 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
15268 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
15269 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
15271 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
15273 ;;;***
15274 \f
15275 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
15276 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (16810 63790))
15277 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
15279 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
15280 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
15281 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
15282 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
15285 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
15287 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
15288 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
15289 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
15290 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
15292 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
15293 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
15294 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
15295 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
15296 bindings.
15298 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
15299 use this command, and then save the file.
15301 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
15303 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
15304 Query user during kbd macro execution.
15305 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
15306 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
15307 each time the macro executes.
15308 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
15316 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
15318 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
15319 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
15320 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
15321 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
15323 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
15324 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
15325 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
15326 execute.
15328 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
15329 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
15331 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
15332 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
15333 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
15334 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
15337 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
15338 looked like this:
15344 You could enter the names in this format:
15346 foo
15347 bar
15348 baz
15350 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
15356 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
15359 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
15360 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
15362 ;;;***
15363 \f
15364 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
15365 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (16746 18215))
15366 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
15368 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
15369 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
15370 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
15371 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
15372 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
15374 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
15375 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
15376 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
15377 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
15378 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
15380 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
15381 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
15382 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
15383 consing a string.)
15385 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
15387 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
15388 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
15390 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
15392 ;;;***
15393 \f
15394 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
15395 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
15396 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
15397 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
15399 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
15400 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
15402 \(fn)" nil nil)
15404 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
15405 Not documented
15407 \(fn)" nil nil)
15409 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
15410 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
15412 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
15414 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
15415 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
15416 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
15417 message.
15419 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
15421 \(fn)" nil nil)
15423 ;;;***
15424 \f
15425 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
15426 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
15427 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (16456
15428 ;;;;;; 21757))
15429 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
15431 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
15432 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
15433 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
15434 often correct parser.")
15436 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
15438 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
15439 Not documented
15441 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15443 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
15445 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
15446 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
15448 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
15450 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
15452 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
15453 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
15455 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
15457 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
15459 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
15460 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
15461 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
15462 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
15463 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
15464 as Rmail does.
15466 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
15468 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
15469 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
15470 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
15471 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
15472 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
15473 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
15475 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
15477 ;;;***
15478 \f
15479 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
15480 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (16250 35353))
15481 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
15483 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
15484 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
15486 \(fn)" nil nil)
15488 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
15489 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
15490 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
15492 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
15494 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
15495 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
15496 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
15498 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
15500 ;;;***
15501 \f
15502 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
15503 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (16213
15504 ;;;;;; 43280))
15505 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
15507 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
15509 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
15510 king@grassland.com
15511 If `parens', they look like:
15512 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
15513 If `angles', they look like:
15514 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
15516 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
15518 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
15519 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
15520 If interactive, expand in header fields.
15521 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
15522 their `Resent-' variants.
15524 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
15525 removed from alias expansions.
15527 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
15529 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
15530 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
15531 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
15533 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
15534 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
15535 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
15536 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
15538 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
15540 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
15541 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
15542 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
15543 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
15545 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15547 ;;;***
15548 \f
15549 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
15550 ;;;;;; (16719 60888))
15551 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
15553 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
15554 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
15555 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
15559 In the browser, use the following keys:
15563 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
15565 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
15566 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
15568 `makefile-target-colon':
15569 The string that gets appended to all target names
15570 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
15573 `makefile-macro-assign':
15574 The string that gets appended to all macro names
15575 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
15577 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
15578 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
15581 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
15582 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
15583 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
15585 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
15586 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
15588 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
15589 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
15590 up or down in the browser.
15592 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
15593 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
15595 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
15596 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
15598 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
15599 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
15600 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
15601 has been selected in the browser.
15603 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
15604 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
15605 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
15606 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
15607 filenames are omitted.
15609 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
15610 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
15611 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
15612 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
15613 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
15614 the backslash itself intact.
15615 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
15618 `makefile-browser-hook':
15619 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
15620 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
15622 `makefile-special-targets-list':
15623 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
15624 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
15625 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
15627 \(fn)" t nil)
15629 ;;;***
15630 \f
15631 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (16213
15632 ;;;;;; 43269))
15633 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
15635 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
15636 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
15637 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
15639 \(fn)" t nil)
15641 ;;;***
15642 \f
15643 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (16816 23724))
15644 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
15646 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
15648 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
15649 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
15650 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
15651 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
15652 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
15653 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
15654 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
15656 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
15657 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
15658 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
15659 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
15661 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
15663 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
15664 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
15666 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
15668 ;;;***
15669 \f
15670 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (16213 43269))
15671 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
15673 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
15674 Toggle Master mode.
15675 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
15676 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
15677 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
15679 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
15680 following commands:
15684 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
15685 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
15686 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
15688 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15690 ;;;***
15691 \f
15692 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (16810
15693 ;;;;;; 63790))
15694 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
15696 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
15698 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
15699 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
15700 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15701 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15704 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar")
15706 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
15707 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
15708 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
15709 created in the future.
15710 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
15711 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
15713 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15715 ;;;***
15716 \f
15717 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
15718 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
15719 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
15720 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
15721 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
15722 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-reduce-to-to-cc
15723 ;;;;;; message-cross-post-followup-to message-cross-post-insert-note
15724 ;;;;;; message-cross-post-followup-to-header message-add-archive-header
15725 ;;;;;; message-mark-insert-file message-mark-inserted-region message-change-subject
15726 ;;;;;; message-signature-insert-empty-line message-signature-file
15727 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
15728 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
15729 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
15730 ;;;;;; message-cross-post-note-function message-followup-to-note
15731 ;;;;;; message-cross-post-note message-cross-post-default message-archive-note
15732 ;;;;;; message-archive-header message-mark-insert-end message-mark-insert-begin
15733 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (16775 26713))
15734 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
15736 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
15739 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
15740 king@grassland.com
15741 If `parens', they look like:
15742 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
15743 If `angles', they look like:
15744 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
15746 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
15747 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
15749 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message")
15751 (defvar message-mark-insert-begin "--8<---------------cut here---------------start------------->8---\n" "\
15752 How to mark the beginning of some inserted text.")
15754 (custom-autoload (quote message-mark-insert-begin) "message")
15756 (defvar message-mark-insert-end "--8<---------------cut here---------------end--------------->8---\n" "\
15757 How to mark the end of some inserted text.")
15759 (custom-autoload (quote message-mark-insert-end) "message")
15762 Header to insert when you don't want your article to be archived.
15763 Archives (such as groups.google.com) respect this header.")
15765 (custom-autoload (quote message-archive-header) "message")
15767 (defvar message-archive-note "X-No-Archive: Yes - save http://groups.google.com/" "\
15768 Note to insert why you wouldn't want this posting archived.
15769 If nil, don't insert any text in the body.")
15771 (custom-autoload (quote message-archive-note) "message")
15773 (defvar message-cross-post-default t "\
15774 When non-nil `message-cross-post-followup-to' will perform a crosspost.
15775 If nil, `message-cross-post-followup-to' will only do a followup. Note that
15776 you can explicitly override this setting by calling
15777 `message-cross-post-followup-to' with a prefix.")
15779 (custom-autoload (quote message-cross-post-default) "message")
15781 (defvar message-cross-post-note "Crosspost & Followup-To: " "\
15782 Note to insert before signature to notify of cross-post and follow-up.")
15784 (custom-autoload (quote message-cross-post-note) "message")
15786 (defvar message-followup-to-note "Followup-To: " "\
15787 Note to insert before signature to notify of follow-up only.")
15789 (custom-autoload (quote message-followup-to-note) "message")
15791 (defvar message-cross-post-note-function (quote message-cross-post-insert-note) "\
15792 Function to use to insert note about Crosspost or Followup-To.
15793 The function will be called with four arguments. The function should not only
15794 insert a note, but also ensure old notes are deleted. See the documentation
15795 for `message-cross-post-insert-note'.")
15797 (custom-autoload (quote message-cross-post-note-function) "message")
15799 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
15800 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
15802 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message")
15804 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
15805 *Local news organization file.")
15807 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message")
15809 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
15810 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
15811 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
15812 variable `mail-header-separator'.
15814 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
15815 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
15816 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
15818 See also `send-mail-function'.")
15820 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message")
15822 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
15825 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
15826 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
15827 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
15828 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
15830 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message")
15832 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
15833 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
15834 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
15835 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
15837 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message")
15839 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
15840 *Function for citing an original message.
15841 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
15842 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
15843 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
15845 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message")
15847 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
15848 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
15849 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
15850 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
15851 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
15853 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message")
15855 (defvar message-signature t "\
15856 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
15857 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
15858 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
15859 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
15861 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message")
15863 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
15864 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
15865 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
15866 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
15868 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message")
15870 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
15871 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
15873 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message")
15875 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
15877 (autoload (quote message-change-subject) "message" "\
15878 Ask for NEW-SUBJECT header, append (was: <Old Subject>).
15880 \(fn NEW-SUBJECT)" t nil)
15882 (autoload (quote message-mark-inserted-region) "message" "\
15883 Mark some region in the current article with enclosing tags.
15884 See `message-mark-insert-begin' and `message-mark-insert-end'.
15886 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
15888 (autoload (quote message-mark-insert-file) "message" "\
15889 Insert FILE at point, marking it with enclosing tags.
15890 See `message-mark-insert-begin' and `message-mark-insert-end'.
15892 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
15894 (autoload (quote message-add-archive-header) "message" "\
15896 The note can be customized using `message-archive-note'. When called with a
15897 prefix argument, ask for a text to insert. If you don't want the note in the
15898 body, set `message-archive-note' to nil.
15900 \(fn)" t nil)
15902 (autoload (quote message-cross-post-followup-to-header) "message" "\
15903 Mangles FollowUp-To and Newsgroups header to point to TARGET-GROUP.
15904 With prefix-argument just set Follow-Up, don't cross-post.
15906 \(fn TARGET-GROUP)" t nil)
15908 (autoload (quote message-cross-post-insert-note) "message" "\
15909 Insert a in message body note about a set Followup or Crosspost.
15910 If there have been previous notes, delete them. TARGET-GROUP specifies the
15911 group to Followup-To. When CROSS-POST is t, insert note about
15912 crossposting. IN-OLD specifies whether TARGET-GROUP is a member of
15913 OLD-GROUPS. OLD-GROUPS lists the old-groups the posting would have
15914 been made to before the user asked for a Crosspost.
15916 \(fn TARGET-GROUP CROSS-POST IN-OLD OLD-GROUPS)" nil nil)
15918 (autoload (quote message-cross-post-followup-to) "message" "\
15919 Crossposts message and set Followup-To to TARGET-GROUP.
15920 With prefix-argument just set Follow-Up, don't cross-post.
15922 \(fn TARGET-GROUP)" t nil)
15924 (autoload (quote message-reduce-to-to-cc) "message" "\
15925 Replace contents of To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc: header.
15927 \(fn)" t nil)
15929 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
15930 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
15932 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
15933 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
15934 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
15935 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
15936 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
15937 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
15938 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
15939 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
15941 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
15942 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
15943 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
15945 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
15946 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
15947 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
15948 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
15949 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
15950 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
15951 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
15952 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
15953 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
15954 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
15955 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
15956 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
15957 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
15958 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
15959 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
15960 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
15961 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
15962 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
15963 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
15964 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
15965 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
15967 \(fn)" t nil)
15969 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
15970 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
15971 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
15973 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
15975 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
15976 Start editing a news article to be sent.
15978 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
15980 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
15981 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
15983 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
15985 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
15988 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
15990 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
15991 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
15992 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
15994 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
15996 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
15997 Cancel an article you posted.
15998 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
16000 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16002 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
16003 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
16004 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
16005 header line with the old Message-ID.
16007 \(fn)" t nil)
16009 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
16010 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
16012 \(fn)" t nil)
16014 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
16015 Forward the current message via mail.
16016 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
16017 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
16019 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
16021 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
16022 Not documented
16024 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
16026 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
16027 Not documented
16029 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
16031 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
16032 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
16034 \(fn)" t nil)
16036 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
16037 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
16039 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
16041 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
16042 Re-mail the current message.
16043 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
16044 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
16045 you.
16047 \(fn)" t nil)
16049 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
16050 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
16052 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16054 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
16055 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
16057 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16059 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
16060 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16062 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16064 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
16065 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16067 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16069 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
16070 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
16071 Works by overstriking characters.
16072 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16073 which specify the range to operate on.
16075 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16077 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
16078 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
16079 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16080 which specify the range to operate on.
16082 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16084 ;;;***
16085 \f
16086 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
16087 ;;;;;; (16681 45593))
16088 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
16090 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
16091 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
16092 Special commands:
16095 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
16096 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16098 \(fn)" t nil)
16100 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
16101 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
16102 Special commands:
16105 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
16106 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16108 \(fn)" t nil)
16110 ;;;***
16111 \f
16112 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
16113 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
16114 ;;;;;; (16507 41097))
16115 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
16117 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
16118 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16119 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
16121 \(fn)" t nil)
16123 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
16124 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16125 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16126 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16127 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16128 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16129 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
16131 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16133 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
16134 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
16135 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16136 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16137 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16138 means current).
16139 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16140 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16142 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16144 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
16145 Process current region through 'metamail'.
16146 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16147 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16148 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16149 means current).
16150 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16151 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16153 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16155 ;;;***
16156 \f
16157 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-user-agent-compose
16158 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (16684
16159 ;;;;;; 26435))
16160 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
16162 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
16163 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
16164 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to the MH mail
16165 system.
16167 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
16169 \(fn)" t nil)
16171 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
16172 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
16173 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to the MH mail
16174 system. This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and thus
16175 is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail buffer. Users
16176 should use `mh-smail' to compose mail.
16178 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO, SUBJECT, and
16179 OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
16181 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
16183 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
16184 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
16185 This is `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E.
16187 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
16188 initial Subject field, respectively.
16190 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional
16191 header fields. Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both
16192 HEADER and VALUE are strings.
16194 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are ignored.
16196 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
16198 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
16199 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
16200 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to the MH mail
16201 system.
16203 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
16205 \(fn)" t nil)
16207 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
16211 using the MH mail handling system.
16213 There are two types of MIME directives used by MH-E: Gnus and MH. The option
16214 `mh-compose-insertion' controls what type of directives are inserted by MH-E
16215 commands. These directives can be converted to MIME body parts by running
16217 This step is mandatory if these directives are added manually. If the
16219 the directives are expanded automatically when the letter is sent.
16221 Options that control this mode can be changed with
16224 When a message is composed, the hooks `text-mode-hook' and
16225 `mh-letter-mode-hook' are run.
16229 \(fn)" t nil)
16232 ;;;***
16233 \f
16234 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-restore-desktop-buffer mh-version mh-nmail
16235 ;;;;;; mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (16684 26435))
16236 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
16238 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
16239 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH.
16240 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
16241 the Emacs interface to the MH mail system.
16243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16245 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-e" "\
16246 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
16247 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
16248 the Emacs interface to the MH mail system.
16250 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16252 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
16253 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
16255 \(fn)" t nil)
16257 (autoload (quote mh-restore-desktop-buffer) "mh-e" "\
16258 Restore an MH folder buffer specified in a desktop file.
16259 When desktop creates a buffer, DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME holds the file name to
16260 visit, DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME holds the desired buffer name, and
16261 DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC holds a list of miscellaneous info used by the
16262 `desktop-buffer-handlers' functions.
16264 \(fn DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)" nil nil)
16266 ;;;***
16267 \f
16268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-init" "mh-e/mh-init.el" (16684 26435))
16269 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-init.el
16271 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
16273 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
16275 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
16277 ;;;***
16278 \f
16279 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
16280 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (16423 23568))
16281 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
16283 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
16284 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
16285 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
16286 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
16287 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
16288 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
16289 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
16290 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
16291 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
16292 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
16295 \(fn)" t nil)
16297 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
16298 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
16299 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
16300 to its second argument TM.
16302 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
16304 ;;;***
16305 \f
16306 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
16307 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (16575 1356))
16308 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
16310 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
16311 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
16312 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16313 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16316 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
16318 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
16319 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
16320 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
16321 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
16322 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
16323 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
16324 default indication.
16326 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
16327 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
16329 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16331 ;;;***
16332 \f
16333 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
16334 ;;;;;; (16213 43282))
16335 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
16337 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
16338 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
16341 \(fn)" t nil)
16345 ;;;***
16346 \f
16347 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
16348 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
16349 ;;;;;; (16233 29568))
16350 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
16352 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
16353 Not documented
16355 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16357 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
16358 Not documented
16360 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16362 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
16363 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
16364 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
16365 PATTERN regexp.
16367 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16369 ;;;***
16370 \f
16371 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el"
16372 ;;;;;; (16697 49031))
16373 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
16375 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
16376 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
16377 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
16378 the entire message.
16379 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
16381 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
16383 ;;;***
16384 \f
16385 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
16386 ;;;;;; (16698 21928))
16387 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
16389 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
16390 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
16391 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
16392 the entire message.
16393 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
16395 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
16397 ;;;***
16398 \f
16399 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
16400 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (16775 26713))
16401 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
16403 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
16404 Insert file contents of URL.
16405 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
16407 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
16409 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
16410 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
16412 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
16414 ;;;***
16415 \f
16416 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (16775
16417 ;;;;;; 26713))
16418 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
16420 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
16421 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
16423 \(fn)" nil nil)
16425 ;;;***
16426 \f
16427 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
16428 ;;;;;; (16697 49031))
16429 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
16431 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
16432 Not documented
16434 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
16436 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
16437 Not documented
16439 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
16441 ;;;***
16442 \f
16443 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
16444 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
16445 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (16775 26713))
16446 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
16448 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
16449 Not documented
16451 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
16453 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
16454 Not documented
16456 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
16458 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
16459 Not documented
16461 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
16463 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
16464 Not documented
16466 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
16468 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
16469 Not documented
16471 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
16473 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
16474 Not documented
16476 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
16478 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
16479 Not documented
16481 \(fn)" nil nil)
16483 ;;;***
16484 \f
16485 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
16486 ;;;;;; (16213 43282))
16487 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
16489 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
16490 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
16491 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
16492 followed by the first character of the construct.
16509 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
16510 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
16511 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
16513 \(fn)" t nil)
16515 ;;;***
16516 \f
16517 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
16518 ;;;;;; (16442 4954))
16519 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
16521 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
16522 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
16524 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
16526 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
16527 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
16529 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
16531 ;;;***
16532 \f
16533 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (16770
16534 ;;;;;; 10720))
16535 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
16537 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
16538 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
16539 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16540 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16543 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel")
16545 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
16546 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
16547 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
16548 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
16550 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
16552 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
16554 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
16556 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
16557 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
16558 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
16559 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
16560 Triple-clicking selects lines.
16561 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
16563 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
16564 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
16565 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
16566 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
16567 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
16569 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
16570 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
16572 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
16573 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
16575 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
16577 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
16578 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
16579 primary selection and region.
16581 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16583 ;;;***
16584 \f
16585 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (16213 43281))
16586 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
16588 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
16589 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
16591 \(fn)" t nil)
16593 ;;;***
16594 \f
16595 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (16764 51518))
16596 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
16598 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
16599 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
16600 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16601 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16604 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
16606 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
16607 Toggle Msb mode.
16608 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
16609 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
16610 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
16612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16614 ;;;***
16615 \f
16616 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
16617 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
16618 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
16619 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
16620 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
16621 ;;;;;; (16515 33869))
16622 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
16624 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
16625 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
16626 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
16627 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
16628 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
16629 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
16630 set of ISO charsets.
16632 Each element has the following format:
16633 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
16635 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
16637 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
16638 CHARSET are mapped.
16640 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
16641 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
16642 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
16643 character code in CHARSET.
16645 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
16646 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
16647 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
16648 or
16649 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
16650 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
16651 TO2, or...
16652 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
16653 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
16655 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
16656 Display a list of all character sets.
16658 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
16659 internal Emacs use.
16661 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
16662 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
16663 hexadecimal digits.
16664 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
16665 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
16667 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
16668 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
16669 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
16670 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
16672 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
16673 but still shows the full information.
16675 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16677 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
16678 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16679 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
16680 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
16681 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
16683 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
16684 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
16685 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
16686 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
16687 detailed meanings of these arguments.
16689 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16691 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
16692 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
16693 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
16694 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
16695 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
16697 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
16699 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
16700 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
16702 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
16704 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
16705 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
16707 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
16709 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
16710 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
16713 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
16714 in place of `..':
16715 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
16716 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
16717 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
16718 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
16719 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
16720 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
16721 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
16722 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
16723 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
16724 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
16725 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
16726 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
16727 `default-process-coding-system' for read
16728 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
16729 `default-process-coding-system' for write
16730 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
16732 \(fn)" t nil)
16734 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
16735 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
16737 \(fn)" t nil)
16739 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
16740 Display a list of all coding systems.
16741 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
16743 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
16744 but still contains full information about each coding system.
16746 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16748 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
16749 Display a list of all coding categories.
16751 \(fn)" nil nil)
16753 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
16754 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
16756 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
16758 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
16759 Display information about FONTSET.
16760 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
16762 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
16764 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
16765 Display a list of all fontsets.
16766 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
16767 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
16768 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
16770 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16772 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
16773 Display information about all input methods.
16775 \(fn)" t nil)
16777 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
16778 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
16780 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
16781 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
16782 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
16783 system which uses fontsets).
16785 \(fn)" t nil)
16787 ;;;***
16788 \f
16789 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
16790 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
16791 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
16792 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
16793 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
16794 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (16747 61767))
16795 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
16797 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
16798 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
16799 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
16801 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
16803 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "21.4")
16805 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
16806 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
16808 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
16809 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
16811 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
16812 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
16814 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
16816 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
16817 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
16818 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
16819 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
16820 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
16821 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
16822 buffer; see also `char-width'.
16824 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
16825 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
16826 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
16827 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
16828 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
16829 middle of a character in STR.
16831 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
16832 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
16834 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
16835 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
16836 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
16837 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
16840 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
16842 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
16844 (make-obsolete (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width) "20.1")
16846 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
16847 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
16849 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
16850 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
16851 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
16853 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
16854 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
16855 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
16857 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
16858 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
16859 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
16860 is considered.
16861 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
16862 longer than KEYSEQ.
16863 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
16865 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
16867 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
16868 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
16869 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
16870 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
16871 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
16872 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
16873 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
16874 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
16875 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
16876 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
16877 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
16879 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
16881 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
16882 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
16884 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
16886 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
16887 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
16889 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
16891 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
16892 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
16894 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
16896 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
16897 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
16899 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
16901 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
16902 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
16903 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
16904 coding systems ordered by priority.
16906 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
16908 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
16909 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
16910 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
16911 language environment LANG-ENV.
16913 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
16915 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
16916 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
16917 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
16918 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
16919 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
16920 basis, this may not be accurate.
16922 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
16924 ;;;***
16925 \f
16926 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
16927 ;;;;;; (16788 34909))
16928 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
16930 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
16931 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
16932 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16933 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16936 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
16938 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
16939 Toggle mouse wheel support.
16940 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
16941 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
16943 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16945 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
16946 Enable mouse wheel support.
16948 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
16950 ;;;***
16951 \f
16952 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
16953 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig dns-lookup-host
16954 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
16955 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (16719 60888))
16956 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
16958 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
16959 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
16961 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
16963 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
16964 Ping HOST.
16965 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
16966 `ping-program-options'.
16968 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
16970 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
16971 Run ipconfig program.
16973 \(fn)" t nil)
16975 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
16977 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
16978 Run netstat program.
16980 \(fn)" t nil)
16982 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
16983 Run the arp program.
16985 \(fn)" t nil)
16987 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
16988 Run the route program.
16990 \(fn)" t nil)
16992 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
16993 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
16995 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
16997 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
16998 Run nslookup program.
17000 \(fn)" t nil)
17002 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
17003 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
17005 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17007 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
17008 Run dig program.
17010 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17012 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
17013 Run ftp program.
17015 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17017 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
17018 Finger USER on HOST.
17020 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
17022 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
17023 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
17024 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
17025 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
17027 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
17029 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
17030 Not documented
17032 \(fn)" t nil)
17034 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
17035 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
17037 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
17039 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
17040 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
17042 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
17044 ;;;***
17045 \f
17046 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
17047 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-region uncomment-region
17048 ;;;;;; comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent comment-indent-default
17049 ;;;;;; comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line comment-padding
17050 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el"
17051 ;;;;;; (16764 51518))
17052 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
17054 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
17056 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
17058 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
17060 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
17062 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
17063 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
17064 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
17065 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
17066 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
17067 Major modes should set this variable.")
17069 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
17070 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
17071 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
17072 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
17073 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
17074 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
17076 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment")
17078 (defvar comment-start nil "\
17079 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
17081 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
17082 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
17084 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
17086 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
17087 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
17089 (defvar comment-end "" "\
17090 *String to insert to end a new comment.
17091 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
17093 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
17094 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
17095 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
17096 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
17097 column indentation or nil.
17098 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
17100 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
17101 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
17102 The function has no args.
17104 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
17105 comments always start in column zero.")
17107 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
17108 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
17109 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
17111 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment")
17113 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
17114 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
17115 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
17116 of the corresponding number of spaces.
17118 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
17119 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
17121 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment")
17123 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
17124 *Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
17125 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
17126 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
17127 customize this variable.
17132 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment")
17134 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
17135 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
17136 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
17137 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
17138 the variables are properly set.
17140 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
17142 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
17143 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
17145 \(fn)" nil nil)
17147 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
17148 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
17149 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
17151 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
17153 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
17154 Set the comment column based on point.
17155 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
17156 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
17157 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
17158 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
17160 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17162 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
17163 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
17164 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
17166 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17168 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
17169 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
17170 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
17171 comment markers.
17173 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
17175 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
17176 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
17178 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
17179 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
17180 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
17181 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
17182 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
17184 The strings used as comment starts are built from
17185 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
17187 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
17189 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
17190 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
17191 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
17192 is passed on to the respective function.
17194 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
17196 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
17197 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
17198 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
17199 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
17200 case it calls `uncomment-region').
17201 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
17202 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
17203 Else, call `comment-indent'.
17205 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17207 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
17208 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
17209 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
17211 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment")
17213 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
17214 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
17215 This indents the body of the continued comment
17216 under the previous comment line.
17218 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
17219 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
17222 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
17223 or comment indentation.
17225 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
17226 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
17228 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
17230 ;;;***
17231 \f
17232 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
17233 ;;;;;; (16775 26713))
17234 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
17236 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
17237 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
17239 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
17241 ;;;***
17242 \f
17243 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (16698
17244 ;;;;;; 21928))
17245 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
17247 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
17248 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
17249 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
17250 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
17251 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
17252 symbol in the alist.
17254 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
17256 ;;;***
17257 \f
17258 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
17259 ;;;;;; (16792 36614))
17260 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
17262 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
17263 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
17264 This command does not work if you use short group names.
17266 \(fn)" t nil)
17268 ;;;***
17269 \f
17270 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
17271 ;;;;;; (16698 21928))
17272 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
17274 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
17276 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
17278 \(fn)" t nil)
17280 ;;;***
17281 \f
17282 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
17283 ;;;;;; (16792 36614))
17284 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
17286 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
17287 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
17289 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
17291 ;;;***
17292 \f
17293 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
17294 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (16698 21929))
17295 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
17297 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
17298 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
17300 \(fn)" t nil)
17302 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
17303 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
17305 \(fn)" t nil)
17307 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
17308 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
17310 \(fn)" t nil)
17312 ;;;***
17313 \f
17314 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
17315 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (16710 51031))
17316 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
17318 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
17319 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
17320 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
17322 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
17323 Not documented
17325 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17327 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
17328 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
17329 COMMAND must be a symbol.
17330 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
17331 to future sessions.
17333 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
17335 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
17336 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
17337 COMMAND must be a symbol.
17338 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
17339 to future sessions.
17341 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
17343 ;;;***
17344 \f
17345 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
17346 ;;;;;; (16213 43283))
17347 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
17349 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
17350 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
17352 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
17353 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
17354 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
17356 \(fn)" t nil)
17358 ;;;***
17359 \f
17360 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
17361 ;;;;;; (16213 43282))
17362 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
17364 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
17365 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
17366 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
17367 specified by `octave-help-files'.
17368 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
17370 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
17372 ;;;***
17373 \f
17374 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
17375 ;;;;;; (16288 58564))
17376 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
17378 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
17379 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
17380 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
17382 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
17384 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
17385 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
17387 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
17388 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
17389 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
17391 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17393 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
17395 ;;;***
17396 \f
17397 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
17398 ;;;;;; (16284 63121))
17399 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
17401 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
17402 Major mode for editing Octave code.
17404 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
17405 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
17406 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
17407 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
17409 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
17410 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
17411 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
17412 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
17413 is why you need this mode!).
17415 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
17416 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
17417 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
17421 Keybindings
17422 ===========
17426 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
17427 ==============================================
17429 octave-auto-indent
17430 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
17431 Default is nil.
17433 octave-auto-newline
17434 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
17435 Default is nil.
17437 octave-blink-matching-block
17438 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
17439 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
17441 octave-block-offset
17442 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
17443 Default is 2.
17445 octave-continuation-offset
17446 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
17447 Default is 4.
17449 octave-continuation-string
17450 String used for Octave continuation lines.
17451 Default is a backslash.
17453 octave-mode-startup-message
17454 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
17455 Default is t.
17457 octave-send-echo-input
17458 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
17459 command to the inferior Octave process.
17461 octave-send-line-auto-forward
17462 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
17463 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
17465 octave-send-echo-input
17466 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
17468 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
17470 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
17471 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
17474 (setq auto-mode-alist
17477 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
17478 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
17480 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
17481 (lambda ()
17482 (abbrev-mode 1)
17483 (auto-fill-mode 1)
17484 (if (eq window-system 'x)
17485 (font-lock-mode 1))))
17488 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
17489 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
17490 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
17492 \(fn)" t nil)
17494 ;;;***
17495 \f
17496 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
17497 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
17498 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
17500 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
17501 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
17502 It is now better to use Customize instead.
17504 \(fn)" t nil)
17506 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
17507 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
17508 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
17509 in which there are commands to set the option values.
17512 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
17514 \(fn)" t nil)
17516 ;;;***
17517 \f
17518 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember-annotation org-store-link
17519 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda org-agenda-mode org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
17520 ;;;;;; (16819 61740))
17521 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
17523 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
17524 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
17527 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
17528 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
17529 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
17530 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
17531 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
17532 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
17533 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
17534 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
17535 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
17536 can be exported as a well-structured ASCII or HTML file.
17538 + The following commands are available:
17542 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17544 (autoload (quote org-agenda-mode) "org" "\
17545 Mode for time-sorted view on action items in Org-mode files.
17547 \(fn)" t nil)
17549 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
17550 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
17551 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
17552 will be able to go to other weeks.
17553 With one C-u prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
17554 also be shown, under the current date.
17555 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
17556 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
17557 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
17559 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
17561 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
17562 Returns diary information from org-files.
17564 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
17565 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
17566 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
17568 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
17569 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
17570 also be listed, on the expiration day.
17572 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
17573 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
17574 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
17575 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
17577 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
17578 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
17579 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
17581 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
17582 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
17583 Like deadlines, these entires only show up in the
17584 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
17586 The call in the diary file should look like this:
17588 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
17590 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
17591 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
17593 &%%(org-diary)
17595 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
17596 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
17597 also be written as
17599 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
17601 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
17602 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
17603 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
17605 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
17607 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
17609 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
17611 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
17612 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
17613 For file links, arg negates `org-line-numbers-in-file-links'.
17615 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17617 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
17618 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
17619 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
17620 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
17621 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
17623 \(fn)" nil nil)
17625 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
17626 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
17627 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
17628 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
17629 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
17630 file the text at a specific location.
17631 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
17632 file. Or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
17633 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
17635 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
17636 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
17637 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
17638 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
17639 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
17640 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
17641 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
17642 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
17644 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
17645 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
17646 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
17647 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
17649 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
17651 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
17653 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
17654 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
17655 \(i.e. after the stars).
17657 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
17659 \(fn)" nil nil)
17661 ;;;***
17662 \f
17663 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
17664 ;;;;;; (16780 55376))
17665 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
17667 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
17668 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
17669 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
17670 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
17672 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
17673 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
17674 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
17675 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
17688 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
17689 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
17693 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
17694 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
17698 The subheadings remain visible.
17701 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
17702 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
17703 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
17705 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
17706 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
17708 \(fn)" t nil)
17710 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
17711 Toggle Outline minor mode.
17712 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
17713 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
17715 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17717 ;;;***
17718 \f
17719 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (16816 23724))
17720 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
17722 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
17723 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
17724 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17725 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17728 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
17730 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
17731 Toggle Show Paren mode.
17732 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
17733 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
17735 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
17736 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
17738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17740 ;;;***
17741 \f
17742 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
17743 ;;;;;; (16243 62806))
17744 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
17746 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
17747 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
17748 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
17749 unknown are returned as nil.
17751 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
17753 ;;;***
17754 \f
17755 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (16213
17756 ;;;;;; 43282))
17757 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
17759 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
17761 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
17763 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
17766 Other useful functions are:
17778 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
17780 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
17781 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
17782 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
17783 Indentation for case statements.
17784 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
17785 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
17786 mark after an end.
17787 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
17788 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
17789 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
17790 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
17791 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
17792 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
17793 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
17794 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
17795 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
17796 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
17798 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
17799 pascal-separator-keywords.
17801 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
17802 no args, if that value is non-nil.
17804 \(fn)" t nil)
17806 ;;;***
17807 \f
17808 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
17809 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
17810 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
17812 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
17813 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
17814 The keys affected are:
17815 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
17816 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
17817 M-Backspace does undo.
17818 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
17819 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
17820 C-Escape does list-buffers.
17822 \(fn)" t nil)
17824 ;;;***
17825 \f
17826 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
17827 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (16589 26258))
17828 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
17830 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
17831 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
17832 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17833 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17836 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
17838 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
17839 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
17841 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
17843 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
17844 which modify the status of the mark.
17846 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
17847 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
17849 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
17850 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
17852 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
17853 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
17854 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
17855 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
17856 turning PC Selection mode on.
17858 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
17859 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
17861 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
17862 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
17863 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
17865 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
17866 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
17867 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
17869 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
17870 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
17872 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
17873 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
17874 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
17876 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
17877 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
17878 but before calling PC Selection mode):
17880 F6 other-window
17881 DELETE delete-char
17882 C-DELETE kill-line
17883 M-DELETE kill-word
17884 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
17885 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
17886 M-BACKSPACE undo
17888 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17890 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
17891 Toggle PC Selection mode.
17892 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
17893 and cursor movement commands.
17894 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
17895 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17898 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
17900 ;;;***
17901 \f
17902 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (16213
17903 ;;;;;; 43269))
17904 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
17906 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
17907 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
17909 \(fn)" nil nil)
17911 ;;;***
17912 \f
17913 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
17914 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (16213 43269))
17915 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
17917 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
17918 Completion for `gzip'.
17920 \(fn)" nil nil)
17922 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
17923 Completion for `bzip2'.
17925 \(fn)" nil nil)
17927 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
17928 Completion for GNU `make'.
17930 \(fn)" nil nil)
17932 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
17933 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
17935 \(fn)" nil nil)
17937 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
17939 ;;;***
17940 \f
17941 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
17942 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (16213 43269))
17943 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
17945 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
17946 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
17948 \(fn)" nil nil)
17950 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
17951 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
17953 \(fn)" nil nil)
17955 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
17956 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
17958 \(fn)" nil nil)
17960 ;;;***
17961 \f
17962 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (16213
17963 ;;;;;; 43269))
17964 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
17966 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
17967 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
17968 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
17969 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
17970 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
17973 \(fn)" nil nil)
17975 ;;;***
17976 \f
17977 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
17978 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
17979 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (16213 43269))
17980 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
17982 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
17983 Completion for `cd'.
17985 \(fn)" nil nil)
17987 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
17989 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
17990 Completion for `rmdir'.
17992 \(fn)" nil nil)
17994 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
17995 Completion for `rm'.
17997 \(fn)" nil nil)
17999 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18000 Completion for `xargs'.
18002 \(fn)" nil nil)
18004 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
18006 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18007 Completion for `which'.
18009 \(fn)" nil nil)
18011 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18012 Completion for the `chown' command.
18014 \(fn)" nil nil)
18016 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18017 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
18019 \(fn)" nil nil)
18021 ;;;***
18022 \f
18023 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
18024 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
18025 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (16768
18026 ;;;;;; 48631))
18027 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
18029 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
18030 Support extensible programmable completion.
18031 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
18032 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
18034 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
18036 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
18037 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
18039 \(fn)" t nil)
18041 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
18042 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
18043 This will modify the current buffer.
18045 \(fn)" t nil)
18047 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
18048 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
18050 \(fn)" t nil)
18052 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
18053 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
18054 This will modify the current buffer.
18056 \(fn)" t nil)
18058 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
18059 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
18061 \(fn)" t nil)
18063 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
18064 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
18066 \(fn)" t nil)
18068 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
18069 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
18070 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
18071 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
18072 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
18074 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
18076 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
18077 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
18079 \(fn)" nil nil)
18081 ;;;***
18082 \f
18083 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
18084 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
18085 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (16814 63075))
18086 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
18088 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
18089 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
18090 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
18091 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
18093 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
18095 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS)" t nil)
18097 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
18098 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
18099 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
18101 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
18102 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
18103 FLAGS is ignored.
18105 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
18107 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
18108 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
18109 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
18110 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
18111 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
18113 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
18114 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
18116 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
18118 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
18119 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
18120 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
18123 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
18124 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
18125 passed to cvs.
18127 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
18129 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
18130 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
18131 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
18132 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
18134 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
18135 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
18137 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
18139 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
18141 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
18142 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
18143 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
18145 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs")
18147 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
18148 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
18149 nil means never do it.
18150 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
18151 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
18152 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
18154 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs")
18156 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
18157 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
18158 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
18160 ;;;***
18161 \f
18162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (16764 51518))
18163 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
18165 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
18167 ;;;***
18168 \f
18169 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
18170 ;;;;;; (16213 43282))
18171 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
18173 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
18174 Major mode for editing Perl code.
18175 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
18176 Tab indents for Perl code.
18178 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
18179 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
18181 Variables controlling indentation style:
18182 `perl-tab-always-indent'
18183 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
18184 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
18185 `perl-tab-to-comment'
18186 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
18187 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
18188 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
18189 `perl-nochange'
18190 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
18191 `perl-indent-level'
18192 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
18193 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
18194 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
18195 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
18196 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
18197 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
18198 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
18199 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
18200 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
18201 `perl-brace-offset'
18202 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
18203 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
18204 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
18205 this far to the right of the start of its line.
18206 `perl-label-offset'
18207 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
18208 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
18209 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
18211 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
18212 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
18213 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
18214 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
18215 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
18216 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
18217 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
18219 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
18221 \(fn)" t nil)
18223 ;;;***
18224 \f
18225 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
18226 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
18227 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg"
18228 ;;;;;; "gnus/pgg.el" (16697 49031))
18229 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pgg.el
18231 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
18232 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
18233 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
18235 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN)" t nil)
18237 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
18238 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
18239 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
18240 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
18241 the region.
18243 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END)" t nil)
18245 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
18246 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
18248 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18250 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
18251 Decrypt the current buffer.
18252 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
18253 the region.
18255 \(fn &optional START END)" t nil)
18257 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
18258 Make the signature from text between START and END.
18259 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
18260 a detached signature.
18261 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
18262 and the the output is displayed.
18264 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT)" t nil)
18266 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
18267 Sign the current buffer.
18268 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
18269 detached signature.
18270 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
18271 within the region.
18272 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
18273 and the the output is displayed.
18275 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END)" t nil)
18277 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
18278 Verify the current region between START and END.
18279 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
18280 the detached signature of the current region.
18282 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
18283 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
18285 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
18287 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
18288 Verify the current buffer.
18289 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
18290 the detached signature of the current region.
18291 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
18292 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
18293 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
18294 within the region.
18296 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
18298 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
18299 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
18301 \(fn)" t nil)
18303 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
18304 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
18306 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18308 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
18309 Import public keys in the current buffer.
18311 \(fn)" t nil)
18313 ;;;***
18314 \f
18315 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
18316 ;;;;;; (16534 3822))
18317 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
18319 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
18320 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
18321 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
18322 afterwards settable by these commands:
18323 C-c < Move left after insertion.
18324 C-c > Move right after insertion.
18325 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
18326 C-c . Move down after insertion.
18327 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
18328 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
18329 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
18331 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
18332 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
18333 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
18335 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
18336 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
18337 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
18338 with these commands:
18344 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
18345 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
18346 Return Move to beginning of next line.
18347 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
18348 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
18349 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
18350 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
18351 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
18352 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
18353 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
18356 You can manipulate text with these commands:
18357 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
18358 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
18359 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
18361 text is saved in the kill ring.
18363 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
18364 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
18365 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
18366 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
18367 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
18368 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
18371 commands if invoked soon enough.
18372 You can return to the previous mode with:
18373 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
18374 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
18376 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
18378 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
18379 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
18381 \(fn)" t nil)
18383 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
18385 ;;;***
18386 \f
18387 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
18388 ;;;;;; (16213 43283))
18389 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
18391 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
18392 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
18393 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
18395 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
18397 ;;;***
18398 \f
18399 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (16213 43281))
18400 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
18402 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
18403 Play pong and waste time.
18404 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
18405 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
18411 \(fn)" t nil)
18413 ;;;***
18414 \f
18415 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
18416 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (16609 26453))
18417 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
18419 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
18420 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
18421 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
18422 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
18424 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
18426 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
18427 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
18429 \(fn)" nil nil)
18431 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
18432 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
18433 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
18434 can handle, whenever this is possible.
18435 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
18437 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
18439 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
18440 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
18441 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
18442 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
18443 in the variable `values'.
18445 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
18447 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
18448 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
18449 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
18450 Ignores leading comment characters.
18452 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18454 ;;;***
18455 \f
18456 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
18457 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
18458 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
18459 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
18460 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
18461 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
18462 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
18463 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
18464 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
18465 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
18466 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
18467 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
18468 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
18469 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
18470 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
18471 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
18472 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
18473 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
18474 ;;;;;; (16801 58022))
18475 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
18477 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
18478 Activate the printing interface buffer.
18480 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
18484 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
18486 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
18487 Preview directory using ghostview.
18489 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
18490 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
18491 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
18492 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
18494 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
18495 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
18496 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
18497 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
18498 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
18499 file name.
18501 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
18503 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18505 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
18506 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
18508 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
18509 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
18510 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
18511 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
18513 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
18514 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
18515 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
18516 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
18517 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
18518 file name.
18520 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
18522 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18524 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
18525 Print directory using PostScript printer.
18527 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
18528 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
18529 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
18530 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
18532 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
18533 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
18534 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
18535 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
18536 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
18537 file name.
18539 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
18541 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18543 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
18544 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
18546 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
18548 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
18549 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
18550 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
18551 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
18553 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
18554 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
18555 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
18556 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
18557 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
18558 file name.
18560 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
18562 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18564 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
18565 Preview buffer using ghostview.
18567 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
18568 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
18569 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
18571 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
18572 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
18573 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
18574 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
18576 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18578 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
18579 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
18581 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
18582 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
18583 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
18585 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
18586 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
18587 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
18588 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
18590 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18592 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
18593 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
18595 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
18596 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
18597 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
18599 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
18600 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
18601 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
18602 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
18604 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18606 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
18607 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
18609 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
18611 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
18612 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
18613 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
18615 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
18616 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
18617 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
18618 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
18620 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18622 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
18623 Preview region using ghostview.
18625 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
18627 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18629 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
18630 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
18632 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
18634 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18636 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
18637 Print region using PostScript printer.
18639 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
18641 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18643 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
18644 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
18646 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
18648 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18650 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
18651 Preview major mode using ghostview.
18653 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
18655 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18657 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
18658 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
18660 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
18662 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18664 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
18665 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
18667 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
18669 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18671 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
18672 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
18674 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
18676 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18678 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
18679 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
18680 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
18681 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
18683 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
18684 matching.
18686 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
18687 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
18689 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
18691 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
18693 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
18694 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
18695 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
18696 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
18698 \(fn)" t nil)
18700 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
18701 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
18702 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
18703 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
18705 \(fn)" t nil)
18707 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
18708 Print directory using text printer.
18710 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
18711 matching.
18713 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
18714 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
18716 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
18718 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
18720 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
18721 Print buffer using text printer.
18723 \(fn)" t nil)
18725 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
18726 Print region using text printer.
18728 \(fn)" t nil)
18730 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
18731 Print major mode using text printer.
18733 \(fn)" t nil)
18735 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
18736 Preview spooled PostScript.
18738 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
18739 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
18740 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
18742 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
18743 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
18744 PostScript image in a file with that name.
18746 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18748 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
18749 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
18751 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
18752 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
18753 instead of sending it to the printer.
18755 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
18756 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
18757 image in a file with that name.
18759 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18761 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
18762 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
18764 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
18765 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
18766 instead of sending it to the printer.
18768 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
18769 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
18770 image in a file with that name.
18772 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18774 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
18775 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
18777 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
18778 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
18779 instead of sending it to the printer.
18781 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
18782 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
18783 image in a file with that name.
18785 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18787 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
18788 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
18790 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
18792 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
18793 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
18795 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
18797 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
18798 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
18800 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
18802 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
18803 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
18805 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
18807 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
18808 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
18810 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
18812 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
18813 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
18815 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
18816 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
18817 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
18818 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
18820 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
18821 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
18822 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
18823 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
18824 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
18825 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
18826 file name.
18828 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
18830 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
18831 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
18833 \(fn)" t nil)
18835 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
18836 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
18838 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
18839 right.
18840 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
18841 bottom.
18843 \(fn)" t nil)
18845 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
18846 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
18848 \(fn)" t nil)
18850 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
18851 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
18853 \(fn)" t nil)
18855 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
18856 Toggle printing with faces.
18858 \(fn)" t nil)
18860 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
18861 Toggle spooling.
18863 \(fn)" t nil)
18865 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
18866 Toggle duplex.
18868 \(fn)" t nil)
18870 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
18871 Toggle tumble.
18873 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
18874 right.
18875 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
18876 bottom.
18878 \(fn)" t nil)
18880 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
18881 Toggle landscape.
18883 \(fn)" t nil)
18885 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
18886 Toggle upside-down.
18888 \(fn)" t nil)
18890 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
18891 Toggle line number.
18893 \(fn)" t nil)
18895 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
18896 Toggle zebra stripes.
18898 \(fn)" t nil)
18900 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
18901 Toggle printing header.
18903 \(fn)" t nil)
18905 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
18906 Toggle printing header frame.
18908 \(fn)" t nil)
18910 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
18911 Toggle menu lock.
18913 \(fn)" t nil)
18915 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
18916 Toggle auto region.
18918 \(fn)" t nil)
18920 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
18921 Toggle auto mode.
18923 \(fn)" t nil)
18925 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
18926 Customization of the `printing' group.
18928 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
18930 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
18931 Customization of the `lpr' group.
18933 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
18935 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
18936 Help for the printing package.
18938 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
18940 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
18941 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
18943 \(fn)" t nil)
18945 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
18946 Interactively select a text printer.
18948 \(fn)" t nil)
18950 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
18951 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
18953 \(fn)" t nil)
18955 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
18956 Show current ps-print settings.
18958 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
18960 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
18961 Show current printing settings.
18963 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
18965 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
18966 Show current lpr settings.
18968 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
18970 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
18971 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
18973 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
18974 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
18975 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
18976 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
18979 Interactively, you have the following situations:
18981 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
18982 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
18983 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
18985 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
18986 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
18987 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
18988 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
18989 current active printer.
18991 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
18992 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
18993 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
18994 printer.
18996 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
18997 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
18998 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
18999 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
19000 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19003 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
19004 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
19006 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
19008 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
19009 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
19010 be done using the new current active printer.
19012 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
19013 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
19014 printer.
19016 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
19017 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
19018 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
19019 instead of sending it to the printer.
19021 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
19022 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
19023 printer.
19025 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
19028 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
19029 are both set to t.
19031 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
19033 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
19034 Fast fire function for text printing.
19036 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
19037 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
19038 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
19039 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
19041 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19042 user for a new active text printer.
19044 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
19046 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
19048 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
19049 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
19050 printer.
19052 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
19054 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
19055 are both set to t.
19057 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
19059 ;;;***
19060 \f
19061 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
19062 ;;;;;; (16814 63075))
19063 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
19065 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
19066 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
19067 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
19068 Commands:
19070 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
19071 if that value is non-nil.
19073 \(fn)" t nil)
19075 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
19076 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
19078 \(fn)" t nil)
19080 ;;;***
19081 \f
19082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (16213 43271))
19083 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
19085 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
19086 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
19089 ;;;***
19090 \f
19091 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (16213
19092 ;;;;;; 43282))
19093 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
19095 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
19096 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
19098 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
19100 The following variables hold user options, and can
19101 be set through the `customize' command:
19103 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
19104 `ps-mode-tab'
19105 `ps-mode-paper-size'
19106 `ps-mode-print-function'
19107 `ps-run-prompt'
19108 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
19109 `ps-run-x'
19110 `ps-run-dumb'
19111 `ps-run-init'
19112 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
19113 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
19122 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
19123 The keymap for this second window is:
19128 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
19129 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
19130 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
19131 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
19132 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
19134 \(fn)" t nil)
19136 ;;;***
19137 \f
19138 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
19139 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
19140 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
19141 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (16702 49514))
19142 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
19144 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
19145 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
19147 Valid values are:
19149 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
19150 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
19151 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
19152 changed by setting the variable
19153 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
19154 The initial value of this variable is
19155 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
19156 documentation).
19158 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
19159 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
19160 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
19161 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
19162 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
19163 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
19164 test it.
19166 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
19167 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
19168 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
19169 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
19170 source file. BDF fonts are included in
19171 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
19172 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
19173 use this value, be sure to have installed
19174 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
19175 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
19176 documentation of this variable).
19178 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
19179 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
19180 characters. This is convenient when you want or
19181 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
19182 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
19183 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
19185 Any other value is treated as nil.")
19187 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
19189 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
19190 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
19191 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
19193 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19195 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
19196 Not documented
19198 \(fn)" nil nil)
19200 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
19201 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
19203 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
19205 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
19207 Returns the value:
19209 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
19211 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
19212 the sequence.
19214 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
19216 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
19217 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
19219 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
19220 composition.
19222 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
19224 Returns the value:
19226 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
19228 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
19229 the sequence.
19231 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
19233 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
19234 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
19236 \(fn)" nil nil)
19238 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
19239 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
19242 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
19244 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
19245 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings.
19247 \(fn)" nil nil)
19249 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
19250 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
19251 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
19253 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
19255 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
19256 Not documented
19258 \(fn)" nil nil)
19260 ;;;***
19261 \f
19262 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
19263 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
19264 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
19265 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
19266 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
19267 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (16801
19268 ;;;;;; 58023))
19269 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
19271 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
19272 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
19273 See `ps-paper-type'.")
19275 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print")
19277 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
19278 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
19279 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
19280 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
19282 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print")
19284 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
19285 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
19287 Valid values are:
19289 nil Do not print colors.
19291 t Print colors.
19293 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
19294 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
19296 Any other value is treated as t.")
19298 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print")
19300 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
19301 Customization of ps-print group.
19303 \(fn)" t nil)
19305 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
19306 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
19308 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
19309 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
19310 sending it to the printer.
19312 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19313 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
19314 image in a file with that name.
19316 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19318 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
19319 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
19320 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
19321 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
19322 so it has a way to determine color values.
19324 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19326 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
19327 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
19328 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
19330 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19332 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
19333 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
19334 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
19335 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
19336 so it has a way to determine color values.
19338 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19340 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
19341 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
19342 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
19343 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
19345 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
19347 \(fn)" t nil)
19349 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
19350 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
19351 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
19352 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
19353 so it has a way to determine color values.
19355 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
19357 \(fn)" t nil)
19359 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
19360 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
19361 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
19363 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
19365 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
19367 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
19368 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
19369 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
19370 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
19371 so it has a way to determine color values.
19373 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
19375 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
19377 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
19378 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
19380 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
19381 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
19382 instead of sending it to the printer.
19384 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19385 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
19386 image in a file with that name.
19388 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19390 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
19391 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
19392 Done using the current ps-print setup.
19396 \(fn)" t nil)
19398 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
19399 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
19400 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
19402 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
19404 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
19405 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
19406 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
19408 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
19410 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
19411 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
19413 \(fn)" nil nil)
19415 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
19416 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
19418 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
19419 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
19421 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
19422 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
19424 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
19426 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
19428 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
19430 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
19431 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
19433 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
19434 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
19436 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
19437 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
19439 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
19441 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
19443 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
19445 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
19446 foreground and background colors respectively.
19448 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
19449 bold - use bold font.
19450 italic - use italic font.
19451 underline - put a line under text.
19452 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
19453 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
19454 shadow - text will have a shadow.
19455 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
19456 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
19458 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
19460 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
19462 ;;;***
19463 \f
19464 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
19465 ;;;;;; (16816 23742))
19466 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
19468 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
19470 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
19474 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
19475 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
19476 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
19477 buffer automatically.
19478 If there is a process already running in `*Python*', switch to
19479 that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit the initial
19480 command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args will be added
19481 to this as appropriate. Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook'
19482 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
19485 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW)" t nil)
19487 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
19488 Major mode for editing Python files.
19489 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is required for correct
19490 parsing of the source.
19491 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
19492 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
19493 commands for running Python under Emacs.
19496 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
19497 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
19498 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
19499 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
19501 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
19503 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
19504 deletes a charcter backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
19505 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
19506 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
19509 effect outside them.
19511 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
19512 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
19513 lines count as headers.
19517 \(fn)" t nil)
19519 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
19520 Major mode for editing Jython files.
19521 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
19522 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
19524 \(fn)" t nil)
19526 ;;;***
19527 \f
19528 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
19529 ;;;;;; (16698 21929))
19530 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
19532 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
19533 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
19534 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
19535 coding-system.
19537 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
19540 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
19541 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
19542 them into characters should be done separately.
19544 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
19546 ;;;***
19547 \f
19548 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
19549 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
19550 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
19551 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
19552 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (16547 17258))
19553 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
19555 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
19556 Return the title of the current Quail package.
19558 \(fn)" nil nil)
19560 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
19561 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
19562 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
19564 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
19565 `quail-activate', which see.
19567 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
19569 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
19570 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
19571 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
19572 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
19573 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
19574 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
19575 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
19577 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
19578 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
19579 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
19580 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
19581 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
19582 shown.
19583 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
19585 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
19586 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
19589 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
19590 list of candidates.
19592 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
19593 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
19594 command to be called.
19596 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
19597 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
19598 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
19599 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
19601 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
19602 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
19603 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
19604 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
19605 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
19606 to t.
19608 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
19609 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
19610 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
19611 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
19613 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
19614 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
19615 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
19616 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
19618 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
19619 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
19620 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
19621 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
19622 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
19623 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
19625 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
19626 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
19629 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
19632 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
19633 covers Quail translation region.
19635 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
19636 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
19637 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
19638 for it) is inserted.
19640 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
19641 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
19642 vs. corresponding command to be called.
19644 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
19645 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
19646 non-Quail commands.
19648 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
19650 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
19651 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
19653 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
19654 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
19655 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
19656 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
19657 you type is correctly handled.
19659 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
19661 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
19662 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
19664 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
19665 keyboard type.
19667 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
19669 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
19670 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
19671 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
19672 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
19673 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
19674 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
19675 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
19676 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
19677 for the translation.
19678 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
19680 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
19681 it is used to handle KEY.
19683 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
19684 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
19685 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
19686 the following annotation types are supported.
19688 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
19689 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
19691 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
19692 candidate list.
19694 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
19695 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
19696 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
19697 inserted.
19699 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
19700 generated for the following translations.
19702 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
19704 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
19705 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
19707 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
19708 which to install MAP.
19710 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
19712 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
19714 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
19715 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
19717 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
19718 which to install MAP.
19720 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
19722 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
19724 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
19725 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
19726 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
19727 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
19728 a function, or a cons.
19729 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
19730 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
19731 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
19732 for the translation.
19733 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
19734 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
19735 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
19736 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
19737 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
19739 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
19740 it is used to handle KEY.
19742 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
19743 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
19744 current Quail package.
19746 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
19747 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
19749 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
19751 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
19752 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
19754 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
19755 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
19757 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
19759 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
19760 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
19762 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
19764 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
19765 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
19766 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
19767 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
19768 of the Emacs source tree.
19770 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
19773 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
19774 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
19775 of each directory.
19777 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
19779 ;;;***
19780 \f
19781 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
19782 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
19783 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (16543
19784 ;;;;;; 16567))
19785 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
19787 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
19788 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
19789 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
19790 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
19792 To make use of this do something like:
19794 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
19796 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
19798 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
19799 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
19801 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
19802 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
19803 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
19805 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
19807 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
19808 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
19810 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
19812 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
19813 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
19815 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
19816 is decided.
19818 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
19820 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
19821 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
19823 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
19824 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
19825 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
19827 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
19829 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
19830 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
19832 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
19834 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
19835 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
19837 \(fn)" t nil)
19839 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
19840 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
19842 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
19846 \(fn)" t nil)
19848 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
19849 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
19851 \(fn)" t nil)
19853 ;;;***
19854 \f
19855 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (16213
19856 ;;;;;; 43280))
19857 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
19859 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
19860 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
19863 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
19865 ;;;***
19866 \f
19867 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
19868 ;;;;;; (16675 7397))
19869 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
19871 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
19872 Call up the RE Builder for the current window.
19874 \(fn)" t nil)
19876 ;;;***
19877 \f
19878 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (16783 21521))
19879 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
19881 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
19882 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
19883 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19884 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19887 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf")
19889 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
19890 Toggle recentf mode.
19891 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
19892 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
19894 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
19895 that were operated on recently.
19897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19899 ;;;***
19900 \f
19901 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
19902 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
19903 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
19904 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (16213
19905 ;;;;;; 43271))
19906 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
19908 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
19909 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
19910 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
19911 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
19913 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
19915 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
19917 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
19918 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
19919 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
19920 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
19921 ends.
19923 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
19924 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
19925 to be deleted.
19927 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
19929 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
19930 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
19931 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
19933 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
19934 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
19935 deleted.
19937 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
19939 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
19940 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
19941 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
19943 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
19945 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
19946 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
19948 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
19949 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
19951 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
19952 deleted.
19954 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
19956 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
19957 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
19959 \(fn)" t nil)
19961 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
19962 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
19963 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
19964 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
19965 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
19966 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
19967 and point is at the lower right corner.
19969 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
19971 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
19972 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
19974 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
19975 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
19977 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
19978 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
19979 on the right side of the rectangle.
19981 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
19983 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
19985 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
19986 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
19987 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
19988 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
19989 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
19991 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
19992 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
19994 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
19996 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
19997 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
19998 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
20000 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
20002 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
20004 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
20006 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
20007 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
20009 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20010 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
20011 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
20013 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
20015 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
20016 Blank out the region-rectangle.
20017 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
20019 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20020 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
20021 rectangle which were empty.
20023 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
20025 ;;;***
20026 \f
20027 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (16213
20028 ;;;;;; 43283))
20029 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
20031 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
20032 Toggle Refill minor mode.
20033 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
20035 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
20036 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
20037 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
20039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20041 ;;;***
20042 \f
20043 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
20044 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (16213 43284))
20045 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
20047 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
20048 Turn on RefTeX mode.
20050 \(fn)" nil nil)
20052 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
20059 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
20060 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
20064 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
20067 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
20068 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
20071 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
20072 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
20074 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
20078 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
20079 on the menu bar.
20081 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20085 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
20086 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
20087 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
20089 \(fn)" nil nil)
20091 ;;;***
20092 \f
20093 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
20094 ;;;;;; (16213 43283))
20095 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
20097 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
20098 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
20099 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
20101 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
20102 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
20104 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
20106 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
20108 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
20109 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
20111 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
20113 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
20114 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
20115 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
20116 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
20118 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
20120 ;;;***
20121 \f
20122 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
20123 ;;;;;; (16213 43283))
20124 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
20126 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
20127 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
20128 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
20130 To insert new phrases, use
20134 To index phrases use one of:
20145 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
20147 Here are all local bindings.
20151 \(fn)" t nil)
20153 ;;;***
20154 \f
20155 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
20156 ;;;;;; (16213 43283))
20157 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
20159 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
20160 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
20161 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
20162 of master file.
20164 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
20166 ;;;***
20167 \f
20168 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
20169 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
20170 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
20172 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
20173 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
20174 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
20175 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
20176 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
20177 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
20182 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
20185 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
20187 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
20188 Return the depth of REGEXP.
20189 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
20190 in REGEXP.
20192 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
20194 ;;;***
20195 \f
20196 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (16213 43271))
20197 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
20199 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
20200 Repeat most recently executed command.
20201 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
20202 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
20203 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
20205 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
20206 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
20207 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
20209 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
20211 ;;;***
20212 \f
20213 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
20214 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
20215 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
20217 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
20218 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
20220 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
20221 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
20222 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
20223 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
20224 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
20225 and point is left after the salutation.
20227 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
20228 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
20229 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
20230 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
20231 left after that text.
20233 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
20234 is non-nil.
20236 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
20237 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
20238 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
20239 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
20241 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
20243 ;;;***
20244 \f
20245 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
20246 ;;;;;; (16213 43271))
20247 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
20249 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
20250 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
20251 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
20252 visibility of comments that precede it.
20253 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
20254 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
20255 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
20256 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
20257 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
20258 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
20259 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
20260 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
20261 the comment lines.
20262 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
20263 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
20264 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
20265 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
20266 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
20268 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20269 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
20271 ;;;***
20272 \f
20273 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (16213
20274 ;;;;;; 43271))
20275 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
20277 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
20278 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
20280 \(fn)" nil nil)
20282 ;;;***
20283 \f
20284 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
20285 ;;;;;; (16804 23129))
20286 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
20288 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
20289 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
20290 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
20292 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
20293 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
20294 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
20296 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20298 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
20299 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
20300 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
20301 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20304 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
20306 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
20307 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
20308 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
20310 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
20311 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
20312 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
20314 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20316 ;;;***
20317 \f
20318 ;;;### (autoloads (file-name-shadow-mode file-name-shadow-tty-properties
20319 ;;;;;; file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow" "rfn-eshadow.el"
20320 ;;;;;; (16213 43271))
20321 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
20323 (defvar file-name-shadow-properties (quote (face file-name-shadow field shadow)) "\
20324 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
20325 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active.
20326 If emacs is not running under a window system,
20327 `file-name-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
20329 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
20331 (defvar file-name-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
20332 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
20333 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
20334 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
20335 system, `file-name-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
20337 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-tty-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
20339 (defvar file-name-shadow-mode nil "\
20340 Non-nil if File-Name-Shadow mode is enabled.
20341 See the command `file-name-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
20342 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20345 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow")
20347 (autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
20348 Toggle File-Name Shadow mode.
20349 When active, any part of a filename being read in the minibuffer
20350 that would be ignored (because the result is passed through
20351 `substitute-in-file-name') is given the properties in
20352 `file-name-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
20353 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable.
20355 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
20356 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
20358 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20360 ;;;***
20361 \f
20362 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
20363 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
20364 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
20366 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
20367 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
20369 \(fn X)" nil nil)
20371 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
20372 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
20374 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
20376 ;;;***
20377 \f
20378 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (16507 41097))
20379 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
20382 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
20383 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
20384 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
20385 other arguments for `rlogin'.
20387 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
20389 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
20390 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
20391 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
20392 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
20394 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
20395 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
20397 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
20398 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
20400 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
20401 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
20402 INPUT-ARGS.
20404 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
20405 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
20406 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
20407 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
20408 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
20410 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
20411 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
20412 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
20413 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
20415 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
20416 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
20417 variable.
20419 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20421 ;;;***
20422 \f
20423 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-restore-desktop-buffer rmail-set-pop-password
20424 ;;;;;; rmail-input rmail-mode rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook
20425 ;;;;;; rmail-confirm-expunge rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
20426 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
20427 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
20428 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
20429 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (16792 36615))
20430 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
20432 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
20433 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
20434 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
20435 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
20437 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail")
20440 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
20441 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
20442 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
20443 value is the user's email address and name.)
20444 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
20446 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date" "\\|^x.*-priority:\\|^x-mimeole:") "\
20447 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
20448 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
20449 which normally happens once for each message,
20450 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
20451 To make a change in this variable take effect
20452 for a message that you have already viewed,
20455 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail")
20457 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
20458 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
20459 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
20460 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
20462 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail")
20464 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
20465 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
20467 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail")
20470 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
20471 A value of nil means don't highlight.
20472 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
20474 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail")
20476 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
20477 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
20479 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail")
20481 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
20482 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
20484 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail")
20486 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
20487 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
20489 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
20490 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
20492 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail")
20494 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
20495 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
20496 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
20497 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
20499 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail")
20501 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
20502 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
20504 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail")
20507 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
20509 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail")
20511 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
20512 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
20514 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail")
20516 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
20517 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
20519 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
20520 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
20522 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
20523 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
20525 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail")
20527 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
20528 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
20530 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
20531 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
20532 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
20533 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
20535 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
20536 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
20538 This is set to nil by default.")
20540 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
20541 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
20542 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
20543 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
20544 until a user explicitly requires it.")
20546 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail")
20548 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
20549 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
20550 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
20551 It is called with no argument.")
20553 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
20554 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
20555 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
20556 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
20557 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
20558 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
20559 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
20561 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
20562 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
20563 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
20564 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
20565 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
20566 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
20568 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
20569 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
20570 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
20571 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
20572 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
20574 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
20575 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
20576 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
20577 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
20578 MSG is the message number,
20579 REGEXP is the regular expression,
20580 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
20582 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
20583 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
20584 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
20585 this feature is required with `require'.")
20587 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
20588 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
20589 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
20590 the message is decoded as normal way.
20592 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
20593 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
20594 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
20596 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?" "\
20597 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
20598 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
20600 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
20601 Read and edit incoming mail.
20602 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
20603 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
20606 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
20607 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
20608 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
20609 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
20611 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
20613 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
20615 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
20617 All normal editing commands are turned off.
20618 Instead, these commands are available:
20620 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
20633 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
20634 till a deleted message is found.
20635 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
20648 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
20653 (label defaults to last one specified).
20654 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
20664 \(fn)" t nil)
20666 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
20667 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
20669 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20671 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
20672 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server.
20674 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
20676 (autoload (quote rmail-restore-desktop-buffer) "rmail" "\
20677 Restore an rmail buffer specified in a desktop file.
20679 \(fn DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)" nil nil)
20681 ;;;***
20682 \f
20683 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
20684 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
20685 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
20687 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
20688 Edit the contents of this message.
20690 \(fn)" t nil)
20692 ;;;***
20693 \f
20694 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
20695 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
20696 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (16213 43280))
20697 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
20699 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
20700 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
20701 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
20703 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
20705 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
20706 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
20707 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
20709 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
20711 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
20712 Not documented
20714 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
20716 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
20717 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
20718 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
20719 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
20720 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
20722 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
20724 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
20725 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
20726 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
20727 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
20728 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
20730 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
20732 ;;;***
20733 \f
20734 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
20735 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
20736 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
20738 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
20739 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
20740 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
20741 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
20743 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
20745 ;;;***
20746 \f
20747 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
20748 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
20749 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (16213 43280))
20750 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
20752 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
20753 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
20754 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
20755 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
20756 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
20757 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
20758 a file name as a string.")
20760 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
20762 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
20763 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
20764 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
20765 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
20766 buffer visiting that file.
20767 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
20768 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
20770 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
20771 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
20773 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
20774 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
20776 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
20777 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
20779 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
20781 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
20782 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
20784 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
20786 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
20787 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
20788 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
20789 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
20790 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
20792 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
20793 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
20794 will be appended with their original headers.
20796 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
20797 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
20799 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
20800 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
20802 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
20804 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
20806 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
20807 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
20808 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
20810 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
20812 ;;;***
20813 \f
20814 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
20815 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
20816 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (16213
20817 ;;;;;; 43280))
20818 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
20820 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
20821 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
20822 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
20824 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
20826 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
20827 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
20828 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
20830 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
20832 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
20833 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
20834 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
20836 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
20838 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
20839 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
20840 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
20842 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
20844 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
20845 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
20846 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
20848 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
20850 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
20851 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
20852 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
20854 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
20856 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
20857 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
20858 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
20859 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
20861 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
20863 ;;;***
20864 \f
20865 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
20866 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
20867 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
20868 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
20869 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (16294 21153))
20870 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
20872 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
20873 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
20875 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
20877 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
20878 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
20880 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
20882 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
20883 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
20885 \(fn)" t nil)
20887 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
20888 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
20889 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
20891 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
20893 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
20894 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
20895 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
20896 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
20897 only look in the To and From fields.
20898 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
20900 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
20902 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
20903 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
20904 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
20905 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
20906 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
20908 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
20910 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
20911 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
20912 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
20913 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
20914 look in the whole message.
20915 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
20917 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
20919 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
20920 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
20921 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
20923 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
20925 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
20926 *Function to decode summary-line.
20928 By default, `identity' is set.")
20930 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
20932 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
20933 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
20934 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
20935 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
20936 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
20937 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
20938 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
20940 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
20941 sent by you under different user names.
20942 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
20944 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
20946 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
20948 ;;;***
20949 \f
20950 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
20951 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
20952 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
20954 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
20955 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
20957 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
20959 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
20961 ;;;***
20962 \f
20963 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
20964 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (16213 43271))
20965 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
20967 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
20968 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
20970 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
20972 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
20973 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
20975 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20977 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
20978 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
20980 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20982 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
20983 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
20984 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
20986 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
20987 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
20988 in rot 13.
20990 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
20992 \(fn)" t nil)
20994 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
20995 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
20997 \(fn)" t nil)
20999 ;;;***
21000 \f
21001 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
21002 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
21003 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
21004 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
21005 ;;;;;; (16507 41097))
21006 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
21008 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
21009 *This variable is obsolete.")
21011 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
21013 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
21014 *This variable is obsolete.")
21016 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
21018 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
21019 *This variable is obsolete.")
21021 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
21023 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
21024 *This variable is obsolete.")
21026 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
21028 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
21029 *This variable is obsolete.")
21031 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
21033 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
21034 *This variable is obsolete.")
21036 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
21038 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
21039 This function is obsolete.
21041 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
21043 ;;;***
21044 \f
21045 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (16478
21046 ;;;;;; 51572))
21047 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
21049 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
21050 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
21052 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21054 ;;;***
21055 \f
21056 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (16534
21057 ;;;;;; 3808))
21058 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
21060 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
21061 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
21062 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
21063 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
21065 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
21067 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
21068 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
21069 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
21070 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
21072 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
21073 notation.
21075 STRING
21076 matches string STRING literally.
21078 CHAR
21079 matches character CHAR literally.
21081 `not-newline', `nonl'
21082 matches any character except a newline.
21083 .
21084 `anything'
21085 matches any character
21087 `(any SET ...)'
21088 `(in SET ...)'
21089 `(char SET ...)'
21090 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
21091 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
21092 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
21094 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
21095 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
21096 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
21097 `word', or one of their synonyms.
21099 `(not (any SET ...))'
21100 matches any character not in SET ...
21102 `line-start', `bol'
21103 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
21104 in the text being matched
21106 `line-end', `eol'
21107 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
21109 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
21110 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
21111 string being matched against.
21113 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
21114 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
21115 string being matched against.
21117 `buffer-start'
21118 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
21119 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
21121 `buffer-end'
21122 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
21123 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
21125 `point'
21126 matches the empty string, but only at point.
21128 `word-start', `bow'
21129 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
21130 word.
21132 `word-end', `eow'
21133 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
21135 `word-boundary'
21136 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
21137 word.
21139 `(not word-boundary)'
21140 `not-word-boundary'
21141 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
21142 word.
21144 `digit', `numeric', `num'
21145 matches 0 through 9.
21147 `control', `cntrl'
21148 matches ASCII control characters.
21150 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
21151 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
21153 `blank'
21154 matches space and tab only.
21156 `graphic', `graph'
21157 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
21158 space, and DEL.
21160 `printing', `print'
21161 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
21162 and DEL.
21164 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
21165 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
21166 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
21168 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
21169 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
21170 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
21172 `ascii'
21173 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
21175 `nonascii'
21176 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
21178 `lower', `lower-case'
21179 matches anything lower-case.
21181 `upper', `upper-case'
21182 matches anything upper-case.
21184 `punctuation', `punct'
21185 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
21186 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
21188 `space', `whitespace', `white'
21189 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
21191 `word', `wordchar'
21192 matches anything that has word syntax.
21194 `not-wordchar'
21195 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
21197 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
21198 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
21199 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
21218 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
21219 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
21221 `(category CATEGORY)'
21222 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
21223 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
21265 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
21266 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
21268 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
21269 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
21270 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
21271 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
21272 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
21274 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
21275 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
21276 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
21277 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
21279 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
21280 another name for `submatch'.
21282 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
21283 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
21284 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
21285 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
21286 regular expression.
21288 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
21289 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
21291 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
21292 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
21294 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
21295 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
21297 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
21298 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
21300 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
21301 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
21302 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
21304 `(* SEXP ...)'
21305 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
21306 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
21308 `(*? SEXP ...)'
21309 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
21310 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
21312 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
21313 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
21314 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
21316 `(+ SEXP ...)'
21317 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
21319 `(+? SEXP ...)'
21320 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
21322 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
21323 `(optional SEXP ...)'
21324 `(opt SEXP ...)'
21325 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
21327 `(? SEXP ...)'
21328 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
21330 `(?? SEXP ...)'
21331 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
21333 `(repeat N SEXP)'
21334 `(= N SEXP ...)'
21335 matches N occurrences.
21337 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
21338 matches N or more occurrences.
21340 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
21341 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
21342 matches N to M occurrences.
21344 `(backref N)'
21345 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
21347 `(backref N)'
21348 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
21350 `(backref N)'
21351 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
21353 `(eval FORM)'
21354 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
21355 `regexp-quote' it.
21357 `(regexp REGEXP)'
21358 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
21360 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
21362 ;;;***
21363 \f
21364 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
21365 ;;;;;; (16391 49851))
21366 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
21368 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
21369 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
21370 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
21372 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
21373 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
21374 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
21375 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
21377 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
21379 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
21381 Commands:
21382 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21383 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
21385 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
21386 if that value is non-nil.
21388 \(fn)" t nil)
21390 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
21391 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
21392 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
21394 Commands:
21395 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21396 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
21398 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
21399 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
21400 that variable's value is a string.
21402 \(fn)" t nil)
21404 ;;;***
21405 \f
21406 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
21407 ;;;;;; (16698 21929))
21408 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
21410 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
21411 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
21412 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
21416 \(fn)" t nil)
21418 ;;;***
21419 \f
21420 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (16213
21421 ;;;;;; 43281))
21422 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
21424 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
21425 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
21426 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
21429 Interesting variables:
21431 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
21432 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
21434 `scribe-electric-quote'
21435 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
21437 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
21438 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
21439 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
21441 \(fn)" t nil)
21443 ;;;***
21444 \f
21445 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
21446 ;;;;;; (16213 43271))
21447 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
21449 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
21450 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
21451 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21452 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21455 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
21457 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
21458 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
21459 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
21460 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
21461 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
21463 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21465 ;;;***
21466 \f
21467 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
21468 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file
21469 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
21470 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-yank-ignored-headers
21471 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
21472 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (16534 3809))
21473 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
21475 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
21478 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
21479 king@grassland.com
21480 If `parens', they look like:
21481 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
21482 If `angles', they look like:
21483 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
21484 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
21485 derived from the envelope-from address.
21487 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
21488 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
21489 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
21490 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
21492 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail")
21494 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
21495 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
21496 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
21497 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
21499 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
21500 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
21501 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
21502 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
21504 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail")
21506 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
21507 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
21508 This is done when the message is initialized,
21509 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
21511 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail")
21513 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
21514 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
21515 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
21517 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail")
21519 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
21520 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
21522 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-ignored-headers) "sendmail")
21524 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
21525 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
21526 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
21527 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
21528 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
21529 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
21530 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
21532 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail")
21534 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
21535 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
21537 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail")
21539 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
21540 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
21541 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
21543 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail")
21545 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
21546 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
21547 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
21548 when you first send mail.")
21550 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail")
21552 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
21553 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
21554 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
21555 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
21556 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
21558 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail")
21560 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
21561 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
21562 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
21563 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
21564 This file need not actually exist.")
21566 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail")
21568 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
21569 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
21570 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
21571 If a string, that string is inserted.
21573 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
21574 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
21575 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
21577 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail")
21579 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
21580 *Directory for mail buffers.
21581 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
21582 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
21584 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail")
21586 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
21587 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
21588 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
21590 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
21599 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
21600 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
21602 \(fn)" t nil)
21604 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
21605 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
21606 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
21607 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
21608 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
21609 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
21611 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
21612 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
21613 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
21615 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
21616 User should not set this variable manually,
21617 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
21618 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
21619 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
21620 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
21622 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
21623 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
21624 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
21625 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
21627 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
21628 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
21633 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
21634 to move to message header fields:
21637 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
21638 when the message is initialized.
21640 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
21641 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
21643 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
21644 is inserted.
21646 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
21647 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
21649 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
21650 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
21652 The second through fifth arguments,
21653 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
21654 the initial contents of those header fields.
21655 These arguments should not have final newlines.
21656 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
21657 original message being replied to, or else an action
21658 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
21659 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
21660 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
21661 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
21662 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
21663 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
21665 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
21667 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
21668 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
21670 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
21672 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
21673 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
21675 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
21677 ;;;***
21678 \f
21679 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
21680 ;;;;;; (16764 51518))
21681 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
21683 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
21684 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
21685 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
21687 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
21690 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
21692 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
21694 (defvar server-mode nil "\
21695 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
21696 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21697 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21700 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server")
21702 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
21703 Toggle Server mode.
21704 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
21705 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
21706 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
21708 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21710 ;;;***
21711 \f
21712 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (16801 58023))
21713 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
21715 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
21716 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
21719 Key definitions:
21721 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
21723 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
21726 \(fn)" t nil)
21728 ;;;***
21729 \f
21730 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
21731 ;;;;;; (16787 16350))
21732 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
21734 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
21735 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
21736 Makes > match <.
21738 `sgml-quick-keys'.
21740 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
21741 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
21742 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
21744 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
21745 your `.emacs' file.
21753 \(fn)" t nil)
21755 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
21757 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
21758 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
21759 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
21760 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
21762 which this is based.
21764 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
21766 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
21767 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
21768 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
21769 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
21771 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
21772 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
21773 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
21775 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
21776 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
21777 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
21778 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
21783 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
21787 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
21788 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
21789 To work around that, do:
21794 \(fn)" t nil)
21796 ;;;***
21797 \f
21798 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
21799 ;;;;;; (16820 16328))
21800 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
21802 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
21803 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
21804 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
21805 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
21806 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
21807 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
21809 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
21810 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
21811 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
21812 shell-specific features.
21814 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
21815 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
21816 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
21829 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
21833 would indent to the way it currently is.
21835 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
21849 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
21850 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
21851 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
21854 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
21856 \(fn)" t nil)
21858 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
21860 ;;;***
21861 \f
21862 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (16775 26713))
21863 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
21865 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
21866 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
21867 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
21868 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
21869 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
21870 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
21872 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
21874 ;;;***
21875 \f
21876 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
21877 ;;;;;; (16377 12872))
21878 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
21880 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
21881 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
21883 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
21884 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
21885 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
21887 the earlier.
21889 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
21893 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
21894 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
21897 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
21898 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
21900 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
21901 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
21902 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
21903 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
21904 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
21905 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
21906 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
21907 emacs version).
21909 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
21910 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
21911 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
21912 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
21913 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
21915 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
21916 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
21917 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
21919 \(fn)" t nil)
21921 ;;;***
21922 \f
21923 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
21924 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (16768
21925 ;;;;;; 48631))
21926 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
21928 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
21929 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
21930 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
21931 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
21932 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
21933 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
21934 in the cluster.
21936 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
21938 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
21939 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
21940 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
21941 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
21942 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
21944 \(fn)" t nil)
21946 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
21947 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
21948 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
21949 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
21950 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
21951 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
21952 `shadow-define-cluster').
21954 \(fn)" t nil)
21956 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
21957 Set up file shadowing.
21959 \(fn)" t nil)
21961 ;;;***
21962 \f
21963 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
21964 ;;;;;; (16377 12872))
21965 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
21968 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
21969 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
21970 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
21971 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
21972 arguments.")
21974 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell")
21976 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
21977 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
21978 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
21979 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
21980 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
21981 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
21982 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
21983 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
21984 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
21985 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
21986 discards input when it starts up.)
21987 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
21988 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
21989 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
21991 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21994 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
21995 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21996 `default-process-coding-system'.
21998 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
21999 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
22000 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
22001 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
22005 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22006 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
22008 ;;;***
22009 \f
22010 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
22011 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (16775 26714))
22012 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
22014 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
22015 Not documented
22017 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
22019 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
22020 Not documented
22022 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
22024 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
22025 Not documented
22027 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
22029 ;;;***
22030 \f
22031 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
22032 ;;;;;; (16697 49031))
22033 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
22035 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
22036 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
22037 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
22038 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
22039 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
22041 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
22043 \(fn)" t nil)
22045 ;;;***
22046 \f
22047 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (16213
22048 ;;;;;; 43282))
22049 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
22051 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
22052 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
22054 Variables controlling indentation style:
22055 `simula-tab-always-indent'
22056 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
22057 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
22058 `simula-indent-level'
22059 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
22060 `simula-substatement-offset'
22061 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
22062 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
22063 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
22064 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
22065 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
22066 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
22067 `simula-label-offset' -4711
22068 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
22069 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
22070 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
22071 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
22072 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
22073 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
22074 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
22075 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
22076 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
22077 `simula-electric-indent' nil
22078 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
22079 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
22080 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
22081 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
22082 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
22083 or nil if they should not be changed.
22084 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
22085 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
22086 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
22087 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
22089 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
22090 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
22092 \(fn)" t nil)
22094 ;;;***
22095 \f
22096 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
22097 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (16213 43271))
22098 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
22100 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
22101 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
22103 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
22104 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
22105 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
22106 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
22108 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
22110 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
22111 Insert SKELETON.
22112 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
22113 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
22114 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
22115 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
22118 Optional first argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
22119 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
22121 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
22123 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
22124 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
22126 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
22127 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
22128 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
22129 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
22131 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
22132 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
22133 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
22134 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
22136 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
22137 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
22138 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
22140 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
22141 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
22143 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
22144 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
22147 _ interesting point, interregion here
22148 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
22149 interesting point set by _
22150 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
22151 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
22152 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
22153 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
22154 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
22155 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
22156 nil skipped
22158 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
22159 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
22161 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
22162 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
22163 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
22165 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
22167 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
22168 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
22170 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
22171 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
22172 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
22173 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
22174 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
22175 available:
22177 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
22178 then: insert previously read string once more
22179 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
22180 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
22181 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
22183 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
22184 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
22186 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
22188 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
22189 Insert the character you type ARG times.
22191 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
22192 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
22193 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
22194 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
22195 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
22196 such as backslash.
22198 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
22199 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
22200 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
22202 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22204 ;;;***
22205 \f
22206 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
22207 ;;;;;; (16534 3808))
22208 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
22210 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
22211 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
22212 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
22213 buffer names.
22215 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
22217 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
22218 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
22221 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22223 ;;;***
22224 \f
22225 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
22226 ;;;;;; (16719 60886))
22227 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
22229 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
22230 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
22231 A list of images is returned.
22233 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22235 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
22236 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
22237 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
22239 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22241 ;;;***
22242 \f
22243 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
22244 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (16747 61767))
22245 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
22247 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
22248 Not documented
22250 \(fn)" nil nil)
22252 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
22253 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
22255 \(fn)" t nil)
22257 ;;;***
22258 \f
22259 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (16213 43281))
22260 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
22262 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
22263 Play the Snake game.
22264 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
22266 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
22268 Snake mode keybindings:
22278 \(fn)" t nil)
22280 ;;;***
22281 \f
22282 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
22283 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
22284 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
22286 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
22287 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
22288 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
22289 Tab indents for C code.
22290 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
22291 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22293 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
22294 `snmp-mode-hook'.
22296 \(fn)" t nil)
22298 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
22299 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
22300 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
22301 Tab indents for C code.
22302 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
22303 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22305 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
22306 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
22308 \(fn)" t nil)
22310 ;;;***
22311 \f
22312 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
22313 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
22314 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (16213 43272))
22315 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
22317 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
22318 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
22320 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
22321 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
22322 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
22324 For example, the form
22329 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
22331 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
22333 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
22334 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
22336 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
22337 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
22338 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
22339 York City.
22341 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
22343 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
22345 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
22346 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
22348 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
22349 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
22350 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
22351 York City.
22353 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
22355 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
22357 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
22358 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
22360 pair.
22362 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
22364 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
22366 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
22367 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
22368 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
22370 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
22371 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
22373 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
22375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22377 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
22378 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
22379 Requires floating point.
22381 \(fn)" nil nil)
22383 ;;;***
22384 \f
22385 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (16213
22386 ;;;;;; 43281))
22387 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
22389 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
22390 Play Solitaire.
22394 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
22398 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
22399 check after each move or undo)
22401 What is Solitaire?
22403 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
22404 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
22405 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
22407 Le Solitaire
22408 ============
22410 o o o
22412 o o o
22414 o o o o o o o
22416 o o o . o o o
22418 o o o o o o o
22420 o o o
22422 o o o
22424 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
22425 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
22426 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
22427 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
22429 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
22430 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
22431 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
22432 this: o o .
22434 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
22435 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
22437 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
22439 o o o
22441 . o o
22443 o o . o o o o
22445 o . o o o o o
22447 o o o o o o o
22449 o o o
22451 o o o
22453 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
22457 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22459 ;;;***
22460 \f
22461 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
22462 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
22463 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (16460 18645))
22464 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
22466 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
22467 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
22469 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
22470 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
22471 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
22472 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
22473 contiguous.
22475 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
22476 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
22477 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
22478 the sort order.
22480 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
22481 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
22483 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
22484 It moves point to the start of the next record.
22485 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
22486 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
22487 is called.
22489 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
22490 It should move point to the end of the record.
22492 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
22493 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
22494 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
22495 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
22496 starts at the beginning of the record.
22498 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
22499 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
22500 same as ENDRECFUN.
22502 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
22503 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
22505 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
22507 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
22508 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
22509 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
22510 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
22511 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
22512 the sort order.
22514 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
22516 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
22517 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
22518 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
22519 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
22520 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
22521 the sort order.
22523 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
22525 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
22526 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
22527 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
22528 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
22529 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
22530 the sort order.
22532 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
22534 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
22535 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
22536 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
22537 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
22539 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
22540 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
22541 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
22542 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
22544 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
22546 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
22547 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
22548 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
22549 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
22550 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
22551 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
22552 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
22553 the sort order.
22555 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
22557 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
22558 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
22559 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
22561 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
22562 is to be used for sorting.
22564 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
22566 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
22567 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
22569 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
22571 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
22572 the sort order.
22574 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
22578 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
22580 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
22581 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
22582 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
22583 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
22584 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
22585 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
22586 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
22587 the sort order.
22589 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
22590 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
22591 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
22592 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
22595 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
22597 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
22598 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
22599 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
22601 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22603 ;;;***
22604 \f
22605 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (16777
22606 ;;;;;; 65418))
22607 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
22609 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
22610 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
22612 \(fn)" t nil)
22614 ;;;***
22615 \f
22616 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
22617 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (16775 26708))
22618 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
22620 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
22622 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
22623 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
22624 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
22625 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
22626 supported at a time.
22627 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
22628 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
22630 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22632 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
22633 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
22634 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
22635 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
22637 \(fn)" t nil)
22639 ;;;***
22640 \f
22641 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
22642 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (16213 43284))
22643 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
22645 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
22647 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
22648 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
22649 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
22650 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
22651 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
22654 \(fn)" t nil)
22656 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
22657 Check spelling of word at or before point.
22658 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
22659 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
22661 \(fn)" t nil)
22663 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
22664 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
22665 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
22666 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
22669 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
22671 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
22672 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
22674 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22676 ;;;***
22677 \f
22678 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (16213
22679 ;;;;;; 43281))
22680 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
22682 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
22683 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
22685 \(fn)" t nil)
22687 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
22688 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
22690 \(fn)" nil nil)
22692 ;;;***
22693 \f
22694 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
22695 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
22696 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
22697 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (16536
22698 ;;;;;; 52890))
22699 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
22701 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
22702 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
22704 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
22705 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
22706 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
22707 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
22708 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
22709 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
22710 of the current highlighting list.
22712 For example:
22714 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
22717 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
22718 `_t' as data types.
22720 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
22722 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
22723 Show short help for the SQL modes.
22725 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
22726 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
22728 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
22734 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
22746 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
22748 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
22749 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
22750 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
22751 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
22753 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
22754 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
22756 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
22758 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
22759 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
22760 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
22762 \(fn)" t nil)
22764 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
22765 Major mode to edit SQL.
22767 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
22769 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
22772 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
22774 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
22775 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
22778 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
22781 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
22782 `sql-interactive-mode'.
22784 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
22785 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
22786 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
22788 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
22789 (lambda ()
22792 \(fn)" t nil)
22794 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
22795 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
22797 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
22798 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
22799 `*SQL*'.
22803 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
22805 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
22806 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
22808 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
22809 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
22810 `*SQL*'.
22812 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
22813 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
22814 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
22815 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
22817 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
22818 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
22820 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
22823 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
22824 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
22825 `default-process-coding-system'.
22829 \(fn)" t nil)
22831 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
22832 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
22834 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
22835 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
22836 `*SQL*'.
22838 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
22839 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
22840 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
22841 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
22843 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
22844 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
22846 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
22849 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
22850 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
22851 `default-process-coding-system'.
22855 \(fn)" t nil)
22857 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
22858 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
22860 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
22861 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
22862 `*SQL*'.
22864 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
22865 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
22867 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
22868 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
22870 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
22873 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
22874 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
22875 `default-process-coding-system'.
22879 \(fn)" t nil)
22881 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
22882 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
22884 SQLite is free software.
22886 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
22887 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
22888 `*SQL*'.
22890 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
22891 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
22892 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
22893 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
22895 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
22896 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
22898 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
22901 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
22902 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
22903 `default-process-coding-system'.
22907 \(fn)" t nil)
22909 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
22910 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
22912 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
22914 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
22915 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
22916 `*SQL*'.
22918 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
22919 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
22920 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
22921 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
22923 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
22924 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
22926 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
22929 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
22930 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
22931 `default-process-coding-system'.
22935 \(fn)" t nil)
22937 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
22938 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
22940 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
22941 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
22942 `*SQL*'.
22944 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
22945 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
22946 defaults, if set.
22948 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
22949 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
22951 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
22954 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
22955 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
22956 `default-process-coding-system'.
22960 \(fn)" t nil)
22962 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
22963 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
22965 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
22966 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
22967 `*SQL*'.
22969 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
22970 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
22972 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
22973 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
22975 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
22978 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
22979 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
22980 `default-process-coding-system'.
22984 \(fn)" t nil)
22986 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
22987 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
22989 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
22990 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
22991 `*SQL*'.
22993 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
22994 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
22995 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
22996 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
22998 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
22999 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23001 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23004 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23005 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23006 `default-process-coding-system'.
23010 \(fn)" t nil)
23012 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
23013 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
23015 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23016 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23017 `*SQL*'.
23019 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
23020 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
23021 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
23022 `sql-postgres-options'.
23024 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23025 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23027 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23030 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23031 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23032 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
23033 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
23034 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
23036 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
23037 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
23041 \(fn)" t nil)
23043 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
23044 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
23046 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23047 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23048 `*SQL*'.
23050 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
23051 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
23052 defaults, if set.
23054 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23055 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23057 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23060 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23061 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23062 `default-process-coding-system'.
23066 \(fn)" t nil)
23068 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
23069 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
23071 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23072 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23073 `*SQL*'.
23075 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
23076 automatic login.
23078 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23079 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23082 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
23083 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
23084 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
23086 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23089 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23090 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23091 `default-process-coding-system'.
23095 \(fn)" t nil)
23097 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
23098 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
23100 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23101 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23102 `*SQL*'.
23104 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
23105 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
23106 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
23107 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
23108 parameters.
23110 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
23111 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
23112 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
23113 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
23114 an empty password.
23116 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23117 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23121 \(fn)" t nil)
23123 ;;;***
23124 \f
23125 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
23126 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
23127 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
23128 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
23129 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (16768
23130 ;;;;;; 48632))
23131 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
23133 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
23134 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
23135 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
23136 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
23137 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
23138 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
23140 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
23142 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
23144 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
23145 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
23146 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
23147 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
23148 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
23149 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
23150 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
23152 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
23154 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
23155 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
23156 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
23157 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
23158 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
23159 then complete the stroke with button 3.
23160 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
23162 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
23164 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
23165 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
23166 This must be bound to a mouse event.
23168 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
23170 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
23171 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
23172 This must be bound to a mouse event.
23174 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
23176 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
23177 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
23179 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
23181 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
23182 Get instruction on using the `strokes' package.
23184 \(fn)" t nil)
23186 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
23187 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
23189 \(fn)" t nil)
23191 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
23192 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
23194 chronologically by command name.
23195 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
23197 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
23199 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
23200 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
23201 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23202 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23205 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes")
23207 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
23209 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
23210 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
23215 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
23222 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23224 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
23225 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
23226 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
23227 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
23229 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
23231 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
23232 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
23234 \(fn)" t nil)
23236 ;;;***
23237 \f
23238 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
23239 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16213 43281))
23240 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
23242 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
23243 Studlify-case the region.
23245 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
23247 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
23248 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
23250 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
23252 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
23253 Studlify-case the current buffer.
23255 \(fn)" t nil)
23257 ;;;***
23258 \f
23259 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
23260 ;;;;;; (16808 48569))
23261 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
23263 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
23264 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
23265 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
23266 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
23267 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
23268 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
23269 original message but it does require a few things:
23271 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
23273 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
23274 reply buffer.
23276 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
23277 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
23278 original message.
23280 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
23282 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
23284 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
23285 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
23286 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
23288 \(fn)" nil nil)
23290 ;;;***
23291 \f
23292 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (16213
23293 ;;;;;; 43273))
23294 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
23296 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
23297 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
23298 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
23299 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
23300 Point is at POS when this function returns.
23302 \(fn &optional POS)" nil nil)
23304 ;;;***
23305 \f
23306 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (16213 43271))
23307 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
23309 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
23310 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
23311 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
23312 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
23313 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
23315 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23317 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
23318 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
23319 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
23320 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
23321 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
23322 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
23323 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
23325 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23327 ;;;***
23328 \f
23329 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
23330 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
23331 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
23332 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
23333 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
23334 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
23335 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
23336 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
23337 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
23338 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
23339 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
23340 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
23341 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (16779 20952))
23342 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
23344 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
23345 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
23346 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
23348 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table")
23350 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
23351 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
23353 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table")
23355 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
23356 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
23358 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table")
23360 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
23361 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
23363 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table")
23365 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
23366 Insert an editable text table.
23367 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
23368 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
23369 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
23370 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
23371 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
23372 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
23373 delimiting them.
23375 Examples:
23379 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
23380 location of point.
23382 -!-
23385 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
23386 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
23387 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
23388 first cell.
23390 +-----+-----+-----+
23391 |-!- | | |
23392 +-----+-----+-----+
23396 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
23397 width, which results as
23399 +--------------+-----+-----+
23400 |-!- | | |
23401 +--------------+-----+-----+
23403 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
23404 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
23406 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23407 | | |-!- |
23408 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23410 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
23411 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
23412 width information to `table-insert'.
23414 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
23416 instead of
23418 Cell width(s): 5
23420 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
23421 work all together.
23423 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
23426 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23427 |-!- | | |
23428 | | | |
23429 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23433 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23434 |-!- | | |
23435 | | | |
23436 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23437 | | | |
23438 | | | |
23439 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23441 Move the point under the table as shown below.
23443 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23444 | | | |
23445 | | | |
23446 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23447 | | | |
23448 | | | |
23449 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23450 -!-
23452 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
23453 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
23454 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
23456 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23457 | | | |
23458 | | | |
23459 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23460 | | | |
23461 | | | |
23462 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23463 |-!- | | |
23464 | | | |
23465 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23467 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
23468 results.
23470 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23471 | | | |
23472 | | | |
23473 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23474 | | |Text editing inside the table |
23475 | | |cell produces reasonably |
23476 | | |expected results.-!- |
23477 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23478 | | | |
23479 | | | |
23480 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23482 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
23486 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
23488 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
23489 Insert N table row(s).
23490 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
23491 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
23492 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
23493 are appended at the bottom of the table.
23495 \(fn N)" t nil)
23497 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
23498 Insert N table column(s).
23499 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
23500 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
23501 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
23502 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
23504 \(fn N)" t nil)
23506 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
23507 Insert row(s) or column(s).
23508 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
23510 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
23512 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
23513 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
23514 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
23515 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
23516 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
23517 all the table specific features.
23519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23521 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
23522 Not documented
23524 \(fn)" t nil)
23526 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
23527 Recognize all tables within region.
23528 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
23529 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
23530 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
23531 specific features.
23533 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
23535 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
23536 Not documented
23538 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
23540 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
23541 Recognize a table at point.
23542 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
23543 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
23544 the table specific features.
23546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23548 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
23549 Not documented
23551 \(fn)" t nil)
23553 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
23554 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
23555 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
23556 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
23557 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
23558 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
23559 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
23561 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
23563 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
23564 Not documented
23566 \(fn)" t nil)
23568 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
23569 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
23570 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
23571 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
23572 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
23573 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
23574 specified.
23576 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
23578 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
23579 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
23580 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
23581 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
23582 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
23583 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
23584 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
23585 table structure.
23587 \(fn N)" t nil)
23589 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
23590 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
23591 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
23592 table's rectangle structure.
23594 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
23596 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
23597 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
23598 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
23599 table's rectangle structure.
23601 \(fn N)" t nil)
23603 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
23604 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
23605 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
23606 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
23607 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
23609 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
23611 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
23615 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
23616 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
23617 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
23618 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
23619 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
23620 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
23621 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
23623 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
23624 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
23625 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
23626 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
23627 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
23628 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
23629 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
23631 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
23632 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
23633 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
23634 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
23635 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
23636 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
23637 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
23638 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
23640 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
23642 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
23643 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
23644 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
23645 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
23647 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23649 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
23650 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
23651 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
23653 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
23655 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
23656 Split current cell vertically.
23657 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
23659 \(fn)" t nil)
23661 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
23662 Split current cell horizontally.
23663 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
23665 \(fn)" t nil)
23667 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
23668 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
23669 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
23671 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
23673 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
23674 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
23675 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
23676 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
23678 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
23680 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
23681 Justify cell contents.
23682 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
23683 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
23684 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
23685 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
23687 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
23689 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
23690 Justify cells of a row.
23691 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
23692 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
23694 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
23696 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
23697 Justify cells of a column.
23698 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
23699 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
23701 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
23703 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
23704 Toggle fixing width mode.
23705 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
23706 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
23707 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
23709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23711 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
23712 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
23713 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
23714 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
23715 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
23716 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
23717 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
23718 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
23719 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
23720 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
23721 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
23723 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
23725 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
23726 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
23727 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
23728 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
23729 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
23730 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
23731 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
23732 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
23733 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
23734 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
23735 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
23736 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
23737 untouched.
23739 References used for this implementation:
23741 HTML:
23742 http://www.w3.org
23744 LaTeX:
23745 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
23747 CALS (DocBook DTD):
23748 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
23749 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
23751 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
23753 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
23754 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
23755 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
23756 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
23757 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
23758 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
23759 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
23760 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
23761 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
23762 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
23763 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
23764 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
23765 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
23766 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
23767 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
23768 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
23769 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
23771 Example:
23773 (progn
23774 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
23775 (table-forward-cell 15)
23777 (table-forward-cell 16)
23779 (table-forward-cell 1)
23782 (progn
23783 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
23785 (table-forward-cell 1)
23788 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
23790 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
23791 Delete N row(s) of cells.
23792 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
23793 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
23794 consists from cells of same height.
23796 \(fn N)" t nil)
23798 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
23799 Delete N column(s) of cells.
23800 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
23801 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
23802 column must consists from cells of same width.
23804 \(fn N)" t nil)
23806 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
23807 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
23808 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
23809 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
23810 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
23811 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
23812 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
23813 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
23814 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
23815 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
23816 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
23817 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
23818 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
23819 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
23820 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
23823 Example 1:
23825 1, 2, 3, 4
23826 5, 6, 7, 8
23827 , 9, 10
23829 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
23831 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
23832 specified as 5.
23834 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
23835 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
23836 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
23837 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
23838 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
23839 | | 9 | 10 | |
23840 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
23842 Note:
23846 of each row is optional.
23849 Example 2:
23851 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
23852 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
23853 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
23854 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
23855 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
23857 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
23858 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
23860 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
23861 expression and raw delimiter regular
23862 expression, it parses the specified text
23863 area and extracts cell items from
23864 non-table text and then forms a table out
23865 of them.
23867 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
23868 creates a single cell table. The text in
23869 the specified region is placed in that
23870 cell.-*-
23872 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
23873 like this.
23875 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
23876 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
23877 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
23878 | |
23879 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
23880 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
23881 | expression, it parses the specified text |
23882 | area and extracts cell items from |
23883 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
23884 | of them. |
23885 | |
23886 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
23887 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
23888 | the specified region is placed in that |
23889 | cell. |
23890 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
23892 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
23893 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
23894 independently.
23896 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
23897 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
23898 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
23899 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
23900 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
23901 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
23902 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
23903 | |area and extracts cell items from |
23904 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
23905 | |of them. |
23906 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
23907 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
23908 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
23909 | |the specified region is placed in that |
23910 | |cell. |
23911 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
23913 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
23914 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
23915 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
23917 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
23919 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
23920 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
23921 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
23922 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
23923 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
23925 \(fn)" t nil)
23927 ;;;***
23928 \f
23929 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (16213 43271))
23930 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
23932 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
23933 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
23935 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
23937 ;;;***
23938 \f
23939 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (16768 48632))
23940 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
23942 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
23943 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
23944 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
23945 Letters no longer insert themselves.
23946 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
23947 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
23948 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
23950 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
23951 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
23952 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
23953 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
23955 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
23958 \(fn)" t nil)
23960 ;;;***
23961 \f
23962 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
23963 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (16808 48570))
23964 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
23966 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
23967 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
23968 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
23969 Tab indents for Tcl code.
23970 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
23971 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23973 Variables controlling indentation style:
23974 `tcl-indent-level'
23975 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
23976 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
23977 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
23979 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
23980 documentation for details):
23981 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
23982 Controls action of TAB key.
23983 `tcl-auto-newline'
23984 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
23985 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
23986 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
23987 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
23988 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
23990 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
23991 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
23992 already exist.
23994 Commands:
23997 \(fn)" t nil)
23999 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
24000 Run inferior Tcl process.
24001 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
24002 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
24004 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
24006 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
24007 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
24008 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
24010 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
24012 ;;;***
24013 \f
24014 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (16548 34615))
24015 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
24018 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
24019 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
24020 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
24023 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
24024 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
24025 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
24026 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
24027 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
24029 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
24032 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
24033 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
24034 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
24035 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
24037 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
24039 ;;;***
24040 \f
24041 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (16805
24042 ;;;;;; 44920))
24043 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
24045 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
24046 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
24047 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
24048 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
24049 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
24050 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
24052 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
24054 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
24055 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
24056 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
24057 commands to use in that buffer.
24061 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
24063 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
24064 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
24066 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
24068 ;;;***
24069 \f
24070 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (16698
24071 ;;;;;; 21926))
24072 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
24074 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
24075 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
24076 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
24077 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
24078 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
24079 program as keyboard input.
24082 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
24083 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
24084 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
24086 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
24087 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
24088 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
24089 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
24090 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
24092 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
24094 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
24095 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
24096 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
24097 terminal-redisplay-interval.
24099 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
24100 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
24101 subprocess started.
24103 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
24105 ;;;***
24106 \f
24107 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
24108 ;;;;;; (16635 35907))
24109 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
24111 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
24112 Start coverage on function under point.
24114 \(fn)" t nil)
24116 ;;;***
24117 \f
24118 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (16213 43281))
24119 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
24121 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
24122 Play the Tetris game.
24123 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
24124 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
24125 as to form complete rows.
24127 tetris-mode keybindings:
24138 \(fn)" t nil)
24140 ;;;***
24141 \f
24142 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
24143 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
24144 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
24145 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
24146 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
24147 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
24148 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
24149 ;;;;;; (16820 16329))
24150 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
24152 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
24153 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
24155 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
24157 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
24158 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
24159 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
24163 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
24165 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
24166 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
24167 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
24168 if it matches the first line of the file,
24169 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
24171 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
24173 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
24174 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
24175 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
24176 if the variable is non-nil.")
24178 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
24180 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
24183 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
24185 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
24186 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
24187 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
24188 See the documentation of that variable.")
24190 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
24192 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
24193 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
24194 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
24195 See the documentation of that variable.")
24197 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
24199 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
24200 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
24201 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
24202 See the documentation of that variable.")
24204 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
24206 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
24207 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
24208 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
24209 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
24210 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
24212 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
24215 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
24216 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
24217 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
24219 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
24221 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
24222 *User defined LaTeX block names.
24223 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
24225 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
24227 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
24228 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
24229 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
24230 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
24232 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
24234 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
24236 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
24237 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
24239 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
24241 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
24243 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
24244 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
24246 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
24247 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
24248 for example,
24250 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
24254 use.")
24256 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
24258 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
24260 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
24261 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
24262 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
24264 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
24266 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
24268 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
24272 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
24274 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
24275 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
24276 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
24277 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
24278 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
24280 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
24282 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
24285 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
24287 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
24290 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
24292 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
24293 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
24294 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
24295 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
24296 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
24297 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
24298 says which mode to use.
24300 \(fn)" t nil)
24302 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
24304 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
24306 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
24308 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
24309 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
24310 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
24315 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
24323 mismatched $'s or braces.
24325 Special commands:
24328 Mode variables:
24329 tex-run-command
24331 tex-directory
24332 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
24334 tex-dvi-print-command
24336 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
24338 argument) to print a .dvi file.
24339 tex-dvi-view-command
24341 tex-show-queue-command
24345 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
24346 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
24347 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
24349 \(fn)" t nil)
24351 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
24352 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
24353 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
24366 mismatched $'s or braces.
24368 Special commands:
24371 Mode variables:
24372 latex-run-command
24374 tex-directory
24375 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
24377 tex-dvi-print-command
24379 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
24381 argument) to print a .dvi file.
24382 tex-dvi-view-command
24384 tex-show-queue-command
24388 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
24389 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
24390 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
24392 \(fn)" t nil)
24394 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
24395 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
24396 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
24409 mismatched $'s or braces.
24411 Special commands:
24414 Mode variables:
24415 slitex-run-command
24417 tex-directory
24418 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
24420 tex-dvi-print-command
24422 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
24424 argument) to print a .dvi file.
24425 tex-dvi-view-command
24427 tex-show-queue-command
24431 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
24432 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
24433 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
24434 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
24436 \(fn)" t nil)
24438 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
24439 Not documented
24441 \(fn)" nil nil)
24443 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
24444 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
24446 \(fn)" t nil)
24448 ;;;***
24449 \f
24450 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
24451 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (16565 48737))
24452 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
24454 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
24455 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
24456 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
24457 name specified in the @setfilename command.
24459 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
24460 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
24461 Info-split to do these manually.
24463 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
24465 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
24466 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
24467 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
24469 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
24471 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
24473 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
24474 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
24475 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
24476 names specified in the @setfilename command.
24478 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
24479 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
24480 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
24481 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
24483 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
24484 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
24486 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
24488 ;;;***
24489 \f
24490 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
24491 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (16777 65419))
24492 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
24494 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
24497 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
24499 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
24502 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
24504 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
24505 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
24507 It has these extra commands:
24510 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
24512 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
24513 modified version of TeX input format.
24515 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
24516 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
24517 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
24521 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
24522 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
24523 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
24524 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
24526 in the Texinfo file.
24528 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
24529 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
24530 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
24532 move forward past the closing brace.
24534 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
24535 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
24537 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
24538 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
24539 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
24541 Here are the functions:
24545 texinfo-sequential-node-update
24549 texinfo-master-menu
24551 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
24553 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
24554 which menu descriptions are indented.
24556 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
24557 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
24558 in the region.
24560 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
24561 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
24562 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
24563 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
24565 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
24566 be the first node in the file.
24568 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
24569 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
24571 \(fn)" t nil)
24573 ;;;***
24574 \f
24575 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
24576 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
24577 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (16213 43280))
24578 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
24580 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
24581 Compose Thai characters in the region.
24582 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
24583 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
24585 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24587 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
24588 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
24590 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24592 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
24593 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
24595 \(fn)" t nil)
24597 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
24598 Not documented
24600 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
24602 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
24603 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
24604 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
24605 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
24606 to compose.
24608 The return value is number of composed characters.
24610 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
24612 ;;;***
24613 \f
24614 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
24615 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
24616 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (16213 43271))
24617 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
24619 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
24620 Move forward to the end of the next THING.
24622 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
24624 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
24625 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
24626 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
24627 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
24628 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
24630 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
24631 a symbol as a valid THING.
24633 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
24634 of the textual entity that was found.
24636 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
24638 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
24639 Return the THING at point.
24640 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
24641 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
24642 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
24644 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
24645 a symbol as a valid THING.
24647 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
24649 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
24650 Not documented
24652 \(fn)" nil nil)
24654 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
24655 Not documented
24657 \(fn)" nil nil)
24659 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
24660 Not documented
24662 \(fn)" nil nil)
24664 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
24665 Not documented
24667 \(fn)" nil nil)
24669 ;;;***
24670 \f
24671 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show-all thumbs-dired-show-marked
24672 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-all-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
24673 ;;;;;; (16775 26708))
24674 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
24676 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
24677 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
24679 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
24681 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-all-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
24682 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
24683 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
24684 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
24686 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
24688 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
24689 In Dired, make a thumbs buffer with all marked files.
24691 \(fn)" t nil)
24693 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-all) "thumbs" "\
24694 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
24696 \(fn)" t nil)
24698 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-all-from-dir))
24700 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
24701 In dired, Call the setroot program on the image at point.
24703 \(fn)" t nil)
24705 ;;;***
24706 \f
24707 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
24708 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
24709 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
24710 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
24711 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
24712 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (16213 43280))
24713 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
24715 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
24716 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
24717 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
24719 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
24721 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
24722 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
24724 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
24726 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
24727 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
24728 The returned string has no composition information.
24730 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
24732 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
24733 Compose Tibetan string STR.
24735 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
24737 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
24738 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
24740 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24742 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
24743 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
24744 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
24745 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
24747 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
24749 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
24750 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
24751 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
24752 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
24754 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
24756 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
24757 Not documented
24759 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
24761 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
24762 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
24763 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
24765 \(fn)" t nil)
24767 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
24768 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
24769 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
24771 \(fn)" t nil)
24773 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
24774 Not documented
24776 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
24778 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
24779 Not documented
24781 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
24783 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
24784 Not documented
24786 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
24788 ;;;***
24789 \f
24790 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
24791 ;;;;;; (16213 43284))
24792 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
24794 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
24795 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
24796 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
24797 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
24798 parameters.
24799 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
24801 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24803 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
24804 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
24805 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
24806 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
24807 parameters.
24808 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
24810 \(fn)" t nil)
24812 ;;;***
24813 \f
24814 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
24815 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (16484 6599))
24816 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
24818 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
24821 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time")
24823 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
24824 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
24825 This display updates automatically every minute.
24826 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
24827 are displayed as well.
24828 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
24830 \(fn)" t nil)
24832 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
24833 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
24834 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
24835 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24838 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time")
24840 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
24841 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
24842 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
24844 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
24845 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
24846 are displayed as well.
24847 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
24849 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24851 ;;;***
24852 \f
24853 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
24854 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
24855 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
24856 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (16698
24857 ;;;;;; 21926))
24858 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
24860 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
24861 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
24863 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
24865 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
24866 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
24867 You can use `float-time' instead.
24869 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
24871 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
24872 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
24874 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
24876 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
24877 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
24879 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
24881 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
24882 Convert DAYS into a time value.
24884 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
24886 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
24887 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
24888 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
24890 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
24892 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
24894 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
24895 Subtract two time values.
24896 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
24898 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
24900 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
24901 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
24903 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
24905 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
24906 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
24907 DATE should be a date-time string.
24909 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
24911 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
24912 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
24913 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
24915 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
24917 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
24918 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
24920 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
24922 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
24923 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
24925 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
24927 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
24928 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
24929 TIME should be a time value.
24930 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
24932 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
24934 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
24935 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
24936 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
24938 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
24940 ;;;***
24941 \f
24942 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
24943 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (16589 26258))
24944 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
24946 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
24947 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
24948 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
24949 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
24950 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
24951 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
24952 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
24953 look like one of the following:
24954 Time-stamp: <>
24956 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
24957 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
24958 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
24959 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
24960 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
24961 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
24962 template.
24964 \(fn)" t nil)
24966 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
24968 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
24970 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24972 ;;;***
24973 \f
24974 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
24975 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
24976 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
24977 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
24978 ;;;;;; (16534 3808))
24979 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
24981 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
24982 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
24983 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
24984 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
24985 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
24986 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
24987 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
24988 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
24989 display (non-nil means on).
24991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24993 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
24994 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
24995 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
24996 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
24997 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
24998 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
24999 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
25000 this function is called within a day.
25002 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
25003 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
25004 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
25005 discover the name of the project.
25007 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
25009 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
25010 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
25011 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
25012 begun during the last time segment.
25014 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
25015 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
25016 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
25017 discover the reason.
25019 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
25021 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
25022 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
25023 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
25024 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
25025 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
25027 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
25029 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
25030 Change to working on a different project.
25031 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
25032 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
25033 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
25034 working on.
25036 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
25038 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
25039 Ask the user whether to clock out.
25040 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
25042 \(fn)" nil nil)
25044 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
25045 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
25046 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
25048 \(fn)" t nil)
25050 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
25051 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
25052 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
25053 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
25054 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
25057 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
25059 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
25060 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
25061 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
25062 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
25064 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
25066 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
25067 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
25068 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
25069 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
25070 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
25071 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
25073 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
25075 ;;;***
25076 \f
25077 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
25078 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
25079 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (16552 32697))
25080 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
25082 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
25084 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
25085 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
25087 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
25089 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
25090 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
25092 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
25094 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
25095 Perform an action at time TIME.
25096 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
25098 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
25099 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
25100 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
25101 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
25103 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
25105 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
25107 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
25108 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
25109 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
25110 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
25111 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
25113 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
25115 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
25117 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
25118 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
25119 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
25120 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
25122 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
25124 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
25125 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
25126 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
25127 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
25129 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
25130 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
25132 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
25134 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
25135 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
25137 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
25138 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
25139 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
25140 The call should look like:
25141 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
25142 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
25143 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
25144 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
25145 be detected.
25147 \(fn LIST &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
25149 ;;;***
25150 \f
25151 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
25152 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (16534 3808))
25153 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
25155 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
25156 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
25157 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
25158 the generated Quail package is saved.
25160 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
25162 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
25163 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
25164 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
25165 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
25170 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
25172 ;;;***
25173 \f
25174 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
25175 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (16233
25176 ;;;;;; 29568))
25177 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
25179 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
25180 Not documented
25182 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
25184 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
25185 Not documented
25187 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
25189 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
25190 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
25191 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
25192 PATTERN regexp.
25194 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
25196 ;;;***
25197 \f
25198 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
25199 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (16213 43271))
25200 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
25201 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
25202 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
25203 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
25205 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
25206 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
25207 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
25208 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
25209 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
25211 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
25213 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
25214 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
25215 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
25216 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
25217 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
25219 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25221 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
25222 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
25223 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
25224 in the menu in two ways:
25225 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
25226 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
25227 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
25229 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
25230 keymap or an alist of alists.
25231 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
25232 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
25234 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
25236 ;;;***
25237 \f
25238 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
25239 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
25240 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (16507 41097))
25241 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
25243 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
25244 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
25246 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
25248 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
25249 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
25251 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
25253 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
25254 Insert new TODO list entry.
25255 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
25256 category.
25258 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25260 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
25261 List top priorities for each category.
25263 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
25264 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
25266 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
25267 between each category.
25269 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
25271 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
25272 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
25273 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
25274 between each category.
25276 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
25278 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
25280 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
25281 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
25285 \(fn)" t nil)
25287 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
25288 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
25290 \(fn)" nil nil)
25292 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
25293 Show TODO list.
25295 \(fn)" t nil)
25297 ;;;***
25298 \f
25299 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
25300 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar"
25301 ;;;;;; "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (16775 26718))
25302 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
25304 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
25305 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
25306 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25307 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25310 (custom-autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar")
25312 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
25313 Toggle use of the tool bar.
25314 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
25316 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
25317 conveniently adding tool bar items.
25319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25321 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
25323 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
25324 Add an item to the tool bar.
25325 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
25326 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
25327 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
25328 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
25330 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
25331 function will first try to use lc-ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
25332 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
25333 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
25335 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
25336 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
25338 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
25340 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
25341 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
25342 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
25343 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
25344 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
25345 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
25347 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
25348 function will first try to use lc-ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
25349 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
25350 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
25352 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
25354 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
25355 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
25356 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
25357 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
25358 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
25359 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
25360 properties to add to the binding.
25362 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
25364 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
25365 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
25367 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
25369 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
25370 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
25371 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
25372 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
25373 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
25374 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
25375 properties to add to the binding.
25377 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
25379 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
25381 ;;;***
25382 \f
25383 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
25384 ;;;;;; (16805 44920))
25385 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
25387 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
25388 Mode for tooltip display.
25389 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
25391 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25393 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
25394 Non-nil if Tooltip mode is enabled.
25395 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25398 (custom-autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip")
25400 ;;;***
25401 \f
25402 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (16812
25403 ;;;;;; 26772))
25404 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
25406 (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
25408 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
25410 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
25411 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
25413 \(fn)" t nil)
25415 ;;;***
25416 \f
25417 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
25418 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (16213 43273))
25419 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
25421 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
25422 Set scroll margins.
25424 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
25426 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
25427 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
25429 \(fn)" t nil)
25431 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
25432 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
25434 \(fn)" t nil)
25436 ;;;***
25437 \f
25438 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (16227 13384))
25439 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
25441 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
25442 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
25443 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
25444 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
25445 to a tcp server on another machine.
25447 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
25449 ;;;***
25450 \f
25451 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
25452 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (16213 43273))
25453 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
25455 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
25456 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
25458 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace")
25460 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
25461 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
25462 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
25463 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
25464 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
25465 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
25466 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
25467 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
25469 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25471 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
25472 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
25473 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
25474 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
25475 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
25476 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
25477 the window or buffer configuration at all.
25479 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25481 ;;;***
25482 \f
25483 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-handler
25484 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-file-name-regexp)
25485 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (16820 16328))
25486 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
25488 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
25489 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
25490 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
25493 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
25494 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
25495 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
25498 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
25499 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
25500 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
25502 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
25503 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
25504 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
25505 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
25506 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
25507 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
25508 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
25509 files which are not really tramp files.
25511 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
25512 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
25513 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
25514 updated after changing this variable.
25516 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
25518 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
25521 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
25522 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
25523 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
25526 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
25527 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
25528 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
25530 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
25531 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
25532 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
25534 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
25535 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
25536 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
25537 updated after changing this variable.
25539 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
25541 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
25543 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
25544 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
25545 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
25547 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25549 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
25550 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
25551 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
25553 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25555 (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)
25557 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
25559 ;;;***
25560 \f
25561 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
25562 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (16213 43285))
25563 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
25564 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
25565 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
25566 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
25568 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
25569 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
25570 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
25572 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
25573 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
25574 first and the associated buffer to its right.
25576 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25578 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
25579 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
25580 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
25581 accepting the proposed default buffer.
25585 \(fn)" t nil)
25587 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
25588 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
25589 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
25590 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
25591 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
25592 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
25593 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
25595 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
25596 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
25598 First column's text sSs Second column's text
25605 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25607 ;;;***
25608 \f
25609 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
25610 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
25611 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
25612 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
25613 ;;;;;; (16768 48632))
25614 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
25616 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
25617 Toggle typing break mode.
25618 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
25619 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25622 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
25624 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
25625 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
25627 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
25629 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
25630 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
25632 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
25634 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
25636 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
25637 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
25639 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
25641 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
25642 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
25645 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
25646 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
25647 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
25649 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break")
25651 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
25652 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
25653 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
25655 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
25656 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
25657 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
25658 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
25659 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
25660 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
25662 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
25663 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
25664 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
25665 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
25667 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
25668 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
25670 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
25671 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
25673 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
25675 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
25676 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
25677 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
25679 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
25680 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
25681 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
25682 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
25683 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
25684 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
25685 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
25687 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
25688 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
25690 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
25691 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
25692 reset the keystroke counter.
25694 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
25695 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
25696 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
25697 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
25699 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
25700 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
25701 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
25702 `type-break-schedule' command.
25704 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
25705 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
25706 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
25707 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
25708 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
25709 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
25710 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
25711 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
25712 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
25714 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
25715 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
25716 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
25717 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
25718 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
25720 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
25721 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
25722 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
25723 approximate good values for this.
25725 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
25726 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
25728 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
25729 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
25730 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
25731 `type-break-warning-repeat'
25732 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
25733 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
25735 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
25736 a typing break occur. They include:
25738 `type-break-query-mode'
25739 `type-break-query-function'
25740 `type-break-query-interval'
25742 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
25744 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
25745 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
25746 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
25747 problems.
25749 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
25751 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
25752 Take a typing break.
25754 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
25755 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
25757 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
25758 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
25760 \(fn)" t nil)
25762 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
25763 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
25764 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
25765 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
25767 \(fn)" t nil)
25769 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
25770 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
25772 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
25773 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
25774 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
25775 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
25776 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
25777 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
25778 average typing speed.)
25780 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
25781 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
25782 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
25783 the computed maximum threshold.
25785 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
25786 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
25787 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
25788 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
25789 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
25791 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
25793 ;;;***
25794 \f
25795 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
25796 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (16213 43286))
25797 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
25799 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
25800 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
25801 Works by overstriking underscores.
25802 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
25803 which specify the range to operate on.
25805 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25807 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
25808 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
25809 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
25810 which specify the range to operate on.
25812 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25814 ;;;***
25815 \f
25816 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
25817 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (16213 43280))
25818 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
25820 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
25821 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
25822 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
25824 \(fn)" t nil)
25826 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
25827 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
25828 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
25829 following the containing message.
25831 \(fn)" t nil)
25833 ;;;***
25834 \f
25835 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
25836 ;;;;;; (16544 33334))
25837 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
25839 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
25840 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
25841 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
25842 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
25843 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
25844 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
25846 \(fn)" nil nil)
25848 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
25849 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
25851 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
25853 ;;;***
25854 \f
25855 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (16213
25856 ;;;;;; 43273))
25857 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
25859 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
25860 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
25861 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
25862 of symbols with local bindings.
25864 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
25866 ;;;***
25867 \f
25868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (16801 58038))
25869 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
25871 (defvar url-configuration-directory "~/.url")
25873 ;;;***
25874 \f
25875 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
25876 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (16764 51522))
25877 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
25879 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
25880 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
25881 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
25883 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
25884 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
25885 `url-generic-parse-url'
25886 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
25887 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
25888 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
25889 realm
25890 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
25891 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
25892 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
25893 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
25894 wrong, its no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
25895 what type of auth to use
25896 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
25897 if one cannot be found in the cache
25899 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
25901 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
25902 Register an HTTP authentication method.
25904 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
25905 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
25906 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
25907 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
25908 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
25909 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
25910 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
25911 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
25913 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
25915 ;;;***
25916 \f
25917 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
25918 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (16764
25919 ;;;;;; 51522))
25920 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
25922 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
25923 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
25925 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
25927 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
25928 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
25930 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
25932 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
25933 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
25935 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
25937 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
25938 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
25940 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
25942 ;;;***
25943 \f
25944 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (16764 51522))
25945 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
25947 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
25948 Not documented
25950 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
25952 ;;;***
25953 \f
25954 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cookie-setup-save-timer url-cookie-handle-set-cookie
25955 ;;;;;; url-cookie-retrieve url-cookie-write-file url-cookie-parse-file)
25956 ;;;;;; "url-cookie" "url/url-cookie.el" (16746 18215))
25957 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cookie.el
25959 (autoload (quote url-cookie-parse-file) "url-cookie" "\
25960 Not documented
25962 \(fn &optional FNAME)" nil nil)
25964 (autoload (quote url-cookie-write-file) "url-cookie" "\
25965 Not documented
25967 \(fn &optional FNAME)" nil nil)
25969 (autoload (quote url-cookie-retrieve) "url-cookie" "\
25970 Retrieve all the netscape-style cookies for a specified HOST and PATH.
25972 \(fn HOST PATH &optional SECURE)" nil nil)
25974 (autoload (quote url-cookie-handle-set-cookie) "url-cookie" "\
25975 Not documented
25977 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
25979 (autoload (quote url-cookie-setup-save-timer) "url-cookie" "\
25980 Reset the cookie saver timer.
25982 \(fn)" t nil)
25984 ;;;***
25985 \f
25986 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-file-name-completion
25987 ;;;;;; url-dav-file-name-all-completions url-dav-rename-file url-dav-make-directory
25988 ;;;;;; url-dav-file-directory-p url-dav-directory-files url-dav-delete-file
25989 ;;;;;; url-dav-delete-directory url-dav-save-resource url-dav-file-attributes
25990 ;;;;;; url-dav-unlock-resource url-dav-active-locks url-dav-lock-resource
25991 ;;;;;; url-dav-get-properties url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el"
25992 ;;;;;; (16515 33876))
25993 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
25995 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
25996 Not documented
25998 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26000 (autoload (quote url-dav-get-properties) "url-dav" "\
26001 Return properties for URL, up to DEPTH levels deep.
26003 Returns an assoc list, where the key is the filename (possibly a full
26004 URI), and the value is a standard property list of DAV property
26005 names (ie: DAV:resourcetype).
26007 \(fn URL &optional ATTRIBUTES DEPTH NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
26009 (autoload (quote url-dav-lock-resource) "url-dav" "\
26010 Request a lock on URL. If EXCLUSIVE is non-nil, get an exclusive lock.
26011 Optional 3rd argument DEPTH says how deep the lock should go, default is 0
26012 \(lock only the resource and none of its children).
26014 Returns a cons-cell of (SUCCESSFUL-RESULTS . FAILURE-RESULTS).
26015 SUCCESSFUL-RESULTS is a list of (URL STATUS locktoken).
26016 FAILURE-RESULTS is a list of (URL STATUS).
26018 \(fn URL EXCLUSIVE &optional DEPTH)" nil nil)
26020 (autoload (quote url-dav-active-locks) "url-dav" "\
26021 Return an assoc list of all active locks on URL.
26023 \(fn URL &optional DEPTH)" nil nil)
26025 (autoload (quote url-dav-unlock-resource) "url-dav" "\
26026 Release the lock on URL represented by LOCK-TOKEN.
26027 Returns t iff the lock was successfully released.
26029 \(fn URL LOCK-TOKEN)" nil nil)
26031 (autoload (quote url-dav-file-attributes) "url-dav" "\
26032 Not documented
26034 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
26036 (autoload (quote url-dav-save-resource) "url-dav" "\
26037 Save OBJ as URL using WebDAV.
26038 URL must be a fully qualified URL.
26039 OBJ may be a buffer or a string.
26041 \(fn URL OBJ &optional CONTENT-TYPE LOCK-TOKEN)" nil nil)
26043 (autoload (quote url-dav-delete-directory) "url-dav" "\
26044 Delete the WebDAV collection URL.
26045 If optional second argument RECURSIVE is non-nil, then delete all
26046 files in the collection as well.
26048 \(fn URL &optional RECURSIVE LOCK-TOKEN)" nil nil)
26050 (autoload (quote url-dav-delete-file) "url-dav" "\
26051 Delete file named URL.
26053 \(fn URL &optional LOCK-TOKEN)" nil nil)
26055 (autoload (quote url-dav-directory-files) "url-dav" "\
26056 Return a list of names of files in DIRECTORY.
26057 There are three optional arguments:
26058 If FULL is non-nil, return absolute file names. Otherwise return names
26059 that are relative to the specified directory.
26060 If MATCH is non-nil, mention only file names that match the regexp MATCH.
26061 If NOSORT is non-nil, the list is not sorted--its order is unpredictable.
26062 NOSORT is useful if you plan to sort the result yourself.
26064 \(fn URL &optional FULL MATCH NOSORT FILES-ONLY)" nil nil)
26066 (autoload (quote url-dav-file-directory-p) "url-dav" "\
26067 Return t if URL names an existing DAV collection.
26069 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26071 (autoload (quote url-dav-make-directory) "url-dav" "\
26072 Create the directory DIR and any nonexistent parent dirs.
26074 \(fn URL &optional PARENTS)" nil nil)
26076 (autoload (quote url-dav-rename-file) "url-dav" "\
26077 Not documented
26079 \(fn OLDNAME NEWNAME &optional OVERWRITE)" nil nil)
26081 (autoload (quote url-dav-file-name-all-completions) "url-dav" "\
26082 Return a list of all completions of file name FILE in directory DIRECTORY.
26083 These are all file names in directory DIRECTORY which begin with FILE.
26085 \(fn FILE URL)" nil nil)
26087 (autoload (quote url-dav-file-name-completion) "url-dav" "\
26088 Complete file name FILE in directory DIRECTORY.
26089 Returns the longest string
26090 common to all file names in DIRECTORY that start with FILE.
26091 If there is only one and FILE matches it exactly, returns t.
26092 Returns nil if DIR contains no name starting with FILE.
26094 \(fn FILE URL)" nil nil)
26096 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
26097 Not documented
26099 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26101 ;;;***
26102 \f
26103 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (16746
26104 ;;;;;; 18215))
26105 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
26107 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
26108 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
26110 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
26112 ;;;***
26113 \f
26114 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
26115 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (16764 51522))
26116 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
26118 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
26119 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
26121 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26123 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
26124 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
26125 Args per `open-network-stream'.
26126 Will not make a connexion if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
26128 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
26130 ;;;***
26131 \f
26132 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
26133 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (16746
26134 ;;;;;; 18215))
26135 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
26137 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
26138 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
26139 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
26140 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26143 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers")
26145 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
26146 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
26148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26150 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
26151 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
26152 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
26153 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
26154 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
26155 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
26156 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
26157 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
26158 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
26160 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
26162 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
26163 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
26164 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
26165 accessible.
26167 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
26169 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
26170 Not documented
26172 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
26174 ;;;***
26175 \f
26176 ;;;### (autoloads (url-history-save-history url-history-parse-history
26177 ;;;;;; url-history-setup-save-timer) "url-history" "url/url-history.el"
26178 ;;;;;; (16746 18215))
26179 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-history.el
26181 (autoload (quote url-history-setup-save-timer) "url-history" "\
26182 Reset the history list timer.
26184 \(fn)" t nil)
26186 (autoload (quote url-history-parse-history) "url-history" "\
26187 Parse a history file stored in FNAME.
26189 \(fn &optional FNAME)" nil nil)
26191 (autoload (quote url-history-save-history) "url-history" "\
26192 Write the global history file into `url-history-file'.
26193 The type of data written is determined by what is in the file to begin
26194 with. If the type of storage cannot be determined, then prompt the
26195 user for what type to save as.
26197 \(fn &optional FNAME)" t nil)
26199 ;;;***
26200 \f
26201 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
26202 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (16812 58719))
26203 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
26205 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
26206 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
26207 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
26208 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
26209 CBARGS as the arguments.
26211 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
26213 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
26214 Not documented
26216 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26218 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
26220 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
26221 Not documented
26223 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
26225 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
26226 Returns a property list describing options available for URL.
26227 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
26229 Property list members:
26231 methods
26232 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
26233 supports.
26235 dav
26236 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
26237 supported.
26239 dasl
26240 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
26242 ranges
26243 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
26245 p3p
26246 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
26247 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
26248 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
26249 Emacs/W3.
26251 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26253 ;;;***
26254 \f
26255 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (16775 26718))
26256 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
26258 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
26259 Not documented
26261 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26263 ;;;***
26264 \f
26265 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (16747
26266 ;;;;;; 61768))
26267 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
26269 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
26270 Not documented
26272 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26274 ;;;***
26275 \f
26276 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
26277 ;;;;;; (16788 34909))
26278 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
26280 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
26281 Not documented
26283 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
26285 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
26286 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
26288 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26290 ;;;***
26291 \f
26292 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
26293 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (16764 51522))
26294 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
26296 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
26297 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
26299 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26301 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
26302 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
26304 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26306 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
26307 Not documented
26309 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26311 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
26313 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
26315 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
26317 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
26318 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
26320 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26322 ;;;***
26323 \f
26324 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
26325 ;;;;;; (16775 26718))
26326 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
26328 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
26329 Not documented
26331 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26333 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
26334 Not documented
26336 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26338 ;;;***
26339 \f
26340 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
26341 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
26342 ;;;;;; (16764 51522))
26343 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
26345 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
26346 Not documented
26348 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
26350 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
26351 Not documented
26353 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
26355 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
26356 Not documented
26358 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
26360 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
26361 Not documented
26363 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
26365 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
26366 Not documented
26368 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
26370 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
26371 Not documented
26373 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
26375 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
26376 Not documented
26378 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
26380 ;;;***
26381 \f
26382 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
26383 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (16746 18215))
26384 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
26386 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
26387 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
26389 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
26391 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
26392 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
26393 Format is:
26394 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
26396 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26398 ;;;***
26399 \f
26400 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
26401 ;;;;;; (16764 51522))
26402 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
26404 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
26405 Not documented
26407 \(fn)" t nil)
26409 ;;;***
26410 \f
26411 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
26412 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
26413 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
26414 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
26415 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
26416 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
26417 ;;;;;; (16764 51522))
26418 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
26420 (defvar url-debug nil "\
26421 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
26422 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
26424 If t, all messages will be logged.
26425 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
26426 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
26428 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util")
26430 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
26431 Not documented
26433 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26435 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
26436 Not documented
26438 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
26440 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
26441 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
26443 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
26444 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
26445 & ==> &
26446 < ==> <
26447 > ==> >
26450 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
26452 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
26453 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
26454 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
26456 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26458 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
26459 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
26460 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
26462 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26464 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
26465 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
26467 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
26469 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
26470 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
26472 \(fn X)" nil nil)
26474 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
26475 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
26477 \(fn X)" nil nil)
26479 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
26480 Not documented
26482 \(fn N)" nil nil)
26484 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
26485 Not documented
26487 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26489 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
26490 Not documented
26492 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
26494 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
26495 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
26497 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
26499 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
26500 Not documented
26502 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE)" nil nil)
26504 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
26505 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
26506 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
26507 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
26508 forbidden in URL encoding.
26510 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
26512 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
26513 Escape characters in a string.
26515 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26517 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
26518 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
26519 If optional variable X is t,
26520 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
26522 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
26524 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
26525 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
26526 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
26528 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
26530 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
26531 View the current document's URL.
26532 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
26533 the minibuffer.
26535 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
26537 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
26539 ;;;***
26540 \f
26541 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
26542 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (16213 43271))
26543 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
26545 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
26546 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
26547 This function has a choice of three things to do:
26548 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
26549 to refrain from editing the file
26550 return t (grab the lock on the file)
26551 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
26552 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
26553 in any way you like.
26555 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
26557 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
26558 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
26559 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
26560 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
26561 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
26563 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
26564 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
26566 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
26568 ;;;***
26569 \f
26570 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
26571 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
26572 ;;;;;; (16719 60886))
26573 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
26575 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
26576 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
26577 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
26578 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
26580 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
26582 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
26583 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
26584 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
26586 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
26588 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
26589 Uudecode region between START and END.
26590 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
26592 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
26594 ;;;***
26595 \f
26596 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
26597 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
26598 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
26599 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
26600 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
26601 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
26602 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (16812 26771))
26603 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
26605 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
26606 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
26607 See `run-hooks'.")
26609 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc")
26611 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
26612 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
26613 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
26615 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc")
26617 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
26618 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
26619 See `run-hooks'.")
26621 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc")
26623 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
26624 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
26626 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
26628 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
26629 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
26630 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
26631 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
26632 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
26633 somebody else, signal error.
26635 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
26637 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
26638 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
26639 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
26640 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
26641 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
26643 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
26645 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
26646 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
26647 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
26648 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
26649 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
26650 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
26651 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
26652 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
26653 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
26654 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
26655 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
26657 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
26659 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
26660 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
26662 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
26663 it will operate on the file in the current line.
26665 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
26666 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
26667 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
26668 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
26669 lock steals will raise an error.
26671 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
26673 For RCS and SCCS files:
26674 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
26675 control.
26676 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
26677 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
26678 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
26679 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
26680 it performs a revert.
26681 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
26682 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
26683 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
26684 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
26685 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
26686 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
26687 the option to steal the lock.
26689 For CVS files:
26690 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
26692 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
26693 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
26694 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
26695 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
26696 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
26697 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
26698 merge in the changes into your working copy.
26700 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
26702 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
26703 Register the current file into a version control system.
26704 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
26705 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
26707 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
26708 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
26709 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
26710 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
26711 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
26712 first backend that could register the file is used.
26714 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
26716 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
26717 Display diffs between file versions.
26718 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
26719 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
26720 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
26721 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
26722 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
26723 saving the buffer.
26725 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
26727 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
26728 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
26729 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
26730 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
26732 \(fn REV)" t nil)
26734 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
26735 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
26736 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
26737 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
26739 \(fn)" t nil)
26741 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
26742 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
26743 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
26744 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
26745 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
26746 from the current branch.
26748 See Info node `Merging'.
26750 \(fn)" t nil)
26752 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
26754 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
26755 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
26757 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
26759 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
26760 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
26762 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
26764 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
26765 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
26766 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
26767 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
26768 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
26769 are checked out in that new branch.
26771 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
26773 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
26774 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
26775 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
26776 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
26777 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
26778 allowed and simply skipped).
26780 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
26782 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
26783 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
26784 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
26786 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
26788 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
26789 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
26790 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
26791 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
26794 \(fn)" t nil)
26796 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
26797 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
26798 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
26799 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
26800 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
26801 the current branch are merged into the working file.
26803 \(fn)" t nil)
26805 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
26806 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
26807 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
26809 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
26811 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
26812 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
26813 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
26814 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
26815 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
26816 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
26817 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
26819 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
26821 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
26822 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
26823 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
26824 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
26825 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
26826 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
26827 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
26828 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
26829 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
26831 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
26833 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
26834 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
26836 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
26838 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
26839 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
26840 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
26841 directory.
26843 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
26845 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
26846 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
26847 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
26849 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
26850 log entries should be gathered.
26852 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
26854 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
26855 Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
26857 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
26858 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
26859 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
26860 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
26861 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
26862 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
26864 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
26865 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
26866 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
26867 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
26868 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
26869 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
26870 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
26871 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
26873 Customization variables:
26875 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
26876 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
26877 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
26878 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
26880 \(fn PREFIX &optional REVISION DISPLAY-MODE)" t nil)
26882 ;;;***
26883 \f
26884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (16764 51519))
26885 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
26886 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
26887 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
26888 (progn
26889 (load "vc-arch")
26890 (vc-arch-registered file))))
26892 ;;;***
26893 \f
26894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (16812 26771))
26895 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
26896 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
26897 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
26898 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
26899 (load "vc-cvs")
26900 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
26902 ;;;***
26903 \f
26904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (16777 65418))
26905 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
26906 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
26907 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
26908 (progn
26909 (load "vc-mcvs")
26910 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
26912 ;;;***
26913 \f
26914 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
26915 ;;;;;; (16801 58024))
26916 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
26918 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
26919 *Where to look for RCS master files.
26920 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
26922 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
26923 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
26925 ;;;***
26926 \f
26927 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
26928 ;;;;;; (16701 32674))
26929 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
26931 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
26932 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
26933 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
26935 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
26936 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
26938 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
26939 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
26940 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
26941 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
26943 ;;;***
26944 \f
26945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (16683 1170))
26946 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
26947 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
26948 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
26949 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
26950 (load "vc-svn")
26951 (vc-svn-registered f)))
26953 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
26955 ;;;***
26956 \f
26957 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
26958 ;;;;;; (16775 26717))
26959 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
26961 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
26962 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
26964 Usage:
26965 ------
26967 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
26968 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
26969 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
26970 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
26971 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
26972 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
26973 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
26974 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
26975 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
26977 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
26978 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
26979 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
26980 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
26982 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
26983 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
26984 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
26985 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
26986 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
26988 Template styles can be customized in customization group
26989 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
26992 HEADER INSERTION:
26993 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
26994 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
26995 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
26998 STUTTERING:
26999 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
27000 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
27001 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
27002 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
27011 WORD COMPLETION:
27012 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
27013 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
27014 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
27015 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
27017 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
27018 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
27019 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
27023 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
27024 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
27025 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
27026 stop.
27029 COMMENTS:
27030 `--' puts a single comment.
27031 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
27032 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
27033 with a comment in between.
27034 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
27035 out following lines.
27036 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
27037 uncomments a region if already commented out.
27039 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
27040 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
27041 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
27042 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
27043 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
27044 non-nil.
27046 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
27047 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
27048 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
27049 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
27050 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
27051 multi-line comments.
27054 INDENTATION:
27055 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
27056 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
27057 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
27058 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
27060 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
27062 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
27063 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
27065 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
27066 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
27067 and vice versa.
27069 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
27070 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
27073 ALIGNMENT:
27074 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
27075 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
27076 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
27077 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
27078 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
27079 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
27080 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
27081 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
27083 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
27084 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
27085 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
27086 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
27087 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
27088 is non-nil.
27090 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
27091 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
27092 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
27094 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
27095 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
27098 | CODE FILLING:
27099 | Code filling allows to condens code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
27100 | maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
27101 | lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
27102 | enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
27103 | blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
27104 | `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
27107 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
27108 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
27109 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
27110 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
27111 command:
27113 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
27116 PORT TRANSLATION:
27117 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
27118 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
27119 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
27120 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
27121 internal signal initializations (menu).
27123 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
27124 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
27125 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
27127 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
27128 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
27129 | direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
27130 | outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
27131 | reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
27132 | in subsequent paste operations.)
27134 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
27135 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
27136 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
27139 | SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
27140 | Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
27141 | subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
27142 | and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
27143 | association list with formals).
27146 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
27147 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
27148 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
27149 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
27150 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
27151 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
27152 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
27153 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
27154 `vhdl-testbench'.
27157 KEY BINDINGS:
27158 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
27161 VHDL MENU:
27162 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
27165 FILE BROWSER:
27166 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
27167 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
27168 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
27170 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
27171 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
27174 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
27175 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
27176 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
27177 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
27179 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
27180 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
27181 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
27183 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
27184 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
27185 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
27188 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
27189 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
27190 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
27191 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
27192 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
27194 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
27195 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
27196 required by secondary units.
27199 | STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
27200 | Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
27201 | for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
27202 | instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
27203 | (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
27204 | all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
27205 | and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
27206 | - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
27207 | connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
27208 | - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
27209 | inputs to this component -> input port created
27210 | - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
27211 | outputs from this component -> output port created
27212 | - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
27213 | considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
27214 |
27215 | Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
27216 | `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
27217 | an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
27218 | component instantiation is also supported (option
27219 | `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
27220 |
27221 | Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
27222 | create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
27223 | strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
27224 | component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
27225 | browser, and wiring everything automatically.
27226 |
27227 | Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
27228 | components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
27229 |
27230 | See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
27233 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
27234 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
27235 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
27236 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
27237 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
27238 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
27239 information. New compilers can be added.
27241 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
27242 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
27245 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
27246 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
27247 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
27248 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
27249 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
27251 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
27252 command:
27254 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
27255 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
27256 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
27260 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
27261 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
27262 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
27263 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
27264 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
27266 Limitations:
27267 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
27268 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
27269 not (yet) supported.
27270 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
27271 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
27275 PROJECTS:
27276 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
27277 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
27278 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
27279 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
27280 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
27281 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
27282 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
27283 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
27285 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
27286 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
27287 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
27290 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
27291 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
27292 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
27293 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
27294 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
27295 `vhdl-project-alist'.
27298 SPECIAL MENUES:
27299 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
27300 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
27302 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
27303 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
27304 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
27305 current directory for VHDL source files.
27308 VHDL STANDARDS:
27309 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
27310 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
27313 KEYWORD CASE:
27314 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
27315 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
27316 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
27317 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
27318 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
27319 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
27320 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
27321 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
27324 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
27325 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
27326 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
27327 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
27328 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
27329 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
27330 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
27332 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
27333 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
27334 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
27335 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
27336 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
27337 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
27339 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
27340 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
27341 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
27342 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
27343 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
27344 visually.
27346 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
27347 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
27348 highlighted if written in lower case.
27351 highlighted using a different background color if option
27352 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
27354 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
27355 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
27356 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
27357 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
27358 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
27361 USER MODELS:
27362 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
27363 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
27364 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
27367 HIDE/SHOW:
27368 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
27369 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
27370 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
27371 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
27372 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
27375 CODE UPDATING:
27376 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
27377 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
27378 Limitations:
27379 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
27380 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
27381 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
27382 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
27383 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
27384 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
27385 (used to obtain the port names).
27388 CODE FIXING:
27389 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
27390 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
27393 PRINTING:
27394 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
27395 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
27396 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
27397 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
27398 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
27399 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
27400 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
27401 printers.
27404 OPTIONS:
27405 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
27407 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
27408 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
27411 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
27413 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
27414 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
27415 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
27416 INSTALL file).
27418 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
27419 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
27422 FILE EXTENSIONS:
27424 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
27430 HINTS:
27431 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
27432 a VHDL file first, use the command:
27434 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
27436 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
27438 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
27441 RELEASE NOTES:
27442 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
27445 Maintenance:
27446 ------------
27448 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
27449 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
27451 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
27453 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
27454 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
27455 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
27456 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
27458 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
27459 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
27460 where the latest version can be found.
27463 Known problems:
27464 ---------------
27466 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
27467 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
27468 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
27471 The VHDL Mode Authors
27472 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
27474 Key bindings:
27475 -------------
27479 \(fn)" t nil)
27481 ;;;***
27482 \f
27483 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (16423 23570))
27484 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
27486 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
27487 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
27488 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
27491 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
27492 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
27493 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
27494 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
27498 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
27500 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
27502 * Limitations and unsupported features
27503 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
27504 not supported.
27505 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
27506 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
27508 * Modifications
27509 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
27510 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
27511 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
27512 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
27513 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
27514 for undoing a repeated change command.
27515 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
27516 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
27517 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
27519 * Extensions
27520 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
27521 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
27522 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
27523 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
27524 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
27525 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
27526 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
27529 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
27531 \(fn)" t nil)
27533 ;;;***
27534 \f
27535 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
27536 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
27537 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
27538 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (16213 43280))
27539 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
27541 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
27542 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
27544 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
27546 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
27547 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
27548 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27549 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
27551 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27553 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
27554 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
27556 \(fn)" t nil)
27558 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
27559 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
27560 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27561 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
27563 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27565 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
27566 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
27568 \(fn)" t nil)
27570 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
27571 Not documented
27573 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27575 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
27576 Not documented
27578 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27580 ;;;***
27581 \f
27582 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
27583 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
27584 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (16764
27585 ;;;;;; 51519))
27586 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
27588 (defvar view-mode nil "\
27589 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
27590 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
27591 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
27593 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
27595 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
27596 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
27597 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
27598 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
27599 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
27600 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
27601 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
27603 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
27605 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
27607 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
27608 View FILE in View mode in another window.
27609 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
27610 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
27611 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
27612 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
27613 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
27614 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
27616 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
27618 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
27620 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
27621 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
27622 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
27623 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
27624 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
27625 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
27626 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
27627 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
27629 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
27631 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
27633 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
27634 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
27635 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
27636 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
27637 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
27638 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
27639 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
27641 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
27643 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
27644 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
27645 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
27647 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
27649 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
27650 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
27651 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
27652 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
27653 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
27654 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
27655 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
27656 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
27658 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
27660 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
27661 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
27662 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
27664 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
27666 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
27667 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
27668 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
27669 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
27670 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
27671 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
27672 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
27673 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
27675 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
27677 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
27678 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
27679 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
27681 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
27683 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
27684 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
27685 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
27687 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
27688 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
27689 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
27690 read-only.
27692 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
27694 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
27696 commands default to a repeat count of one.
27698 H, h, ? This message.
27699 Digits provide prefix arguments.
27702 > move to the end of buffer.
27705 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
27707 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
27708 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
27709 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
27712 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
27714 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
27715 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
27717 Use this to view a changing file.
27721 . set the mark.
27722 x exchanges point and mark.
27724 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
27725 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
27727 ' go to position saved in character register.
27728 s do forward incremental search.
27729 r do reverse incremental search.
27730 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
27731 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
27732 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
27733 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
27736 p searches backward for last regular expression.
27740 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
27741 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
27743 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
27748 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
27749 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
27750 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
27751 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
27752 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
27753 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
27754 will return to that buffer.
27756 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
27758 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27760 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
27761 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
27762 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
27763 `view-return-to-alist'.
27764 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
27765 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
27766 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
27768 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
27769 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
27770 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
27771 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
27772 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
27773 1) nil Do nothing.
27774 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
27775 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
27776 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
27777 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
27779 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
27781 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
27783 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
27785 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
27786 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
27788 \(fn)" t nil)
27790 ;;;***
27791 \f
27792 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (16213
27793 ;;;;;; 43273))
27794 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
27796 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
27797 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
27799 \(fn)" nil nil)
27801 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
27802 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
27804 \(fn)" t nil)
27806 ;;;***
27807 \f
27808 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
27809 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
27810 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
27812 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
27813 Toggle Viper on/off.
27814 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
27816 \(fn)" t nil)
27818 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
27819 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi.
27821 \(fn)" t nil)
27823 ;;;***
27824 \f
27825 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
27826 ;;;;;; (16478 51573))
27827 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
27829 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
27830 Function to generate warning prefixes.
27831 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
27832 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
27833 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
27834 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
27835 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
27836 the beginning of the warning.")
27838 (defvar warning-series nil "\
27839 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
27840 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
27841 which is the start of the current series; it means that
27842 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
27843 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
27844 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
27845 also call that function before the next warning.")
27847 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
27848 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
27850 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
27851 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
27852 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
27853 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
27855 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
27856 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
27857 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
27858 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
27859 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
27860 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
27862 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
27863 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
27864 if you do not attend to it promptly.
27865 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
27866 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
27867 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
27868 :debug -- info for debugging only.
27870 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
27871 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
27873 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
27875 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
27876 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
27878 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
27880 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
27881 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
27882 Aside from generating the message with `format',
27883 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
27885 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol).
27886 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
27887 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
27888 can be whatever you like.)
27890 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
27891 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
27892 if you do not attend to it promptly.
27893 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
27894 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
27896 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27898 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
27899 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
27900 Aside from generating the message with `format',
27901 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
27902 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
27904 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27906 ;;;***
27907 \f
27908 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
27909 ;;;;;; (16644 49446))
27910 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
27912 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
27913 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
27914 In this mode the names of the files can be changed, and after
27915 typing C-c C-c the files and directories in disk are renamed.
27917 See `wdired-mode'.
27919 \(fn)" t nil)
27921 ;;;***
27922 \f
27923 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (16423 23573))
27924 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
27926 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
27927 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
27929 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
27930 hotlist.
27932 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
27933 <nwv@acm.org>.
27935 \(fn)" t nil)
27937 ;;;***
27938 \f
27939 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
27940 ;;;;;; (16820 16328))
27941 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
27942 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
27943 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
27945 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
27947 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
27948 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
27949 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27950 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27953 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func")
27955 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
27956 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
27957 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
27958 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
27960 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
27961 and off otherwise.
27963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27965 ;;;***
27966 \f
27967 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
27968 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
27969 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
27970 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
27971 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
27972 ;;;;;; (16764 51519))
27973 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
27975 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
27976 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
27978 \(fn)" t nil)
27980 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
27981 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
27983 \(fn)" t nil)
27985 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
27986 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
27988 \(fn)" t nil)
27990 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
27991 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
27993 \(fn)" t nil)
27995 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
27996 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
27998 \(fn)" t nil)
28000 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
28001 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
28002 These are:
28003 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
28004 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
28005 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
28006 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
28007 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
28009 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
28010 and:
28011 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
28012 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
28014 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
28016 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
28017 Check the region for whitespace errors.
28019 \(fn S E)" t nil)
28021 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
28022 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
28025 whitespace problems.
28027 \(fn)" t nil)
28029 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
28030 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
28032 \(fn S E)" t nil)
28034 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
28036 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
28037 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
28038 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28039 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28042 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace")
28044 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
28045 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
28046 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
28048 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
28049 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
28051 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28053 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
28054 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
28055 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
28057 \(fn)" t nil)
28059 ;;;***
28060 \f
28061 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
28062 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (16213 43272))
28063 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
28065 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
28066 Browse the widget under point.
28068 \(fn POS)" t nil)
28070 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
28071 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
28073 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
28075 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
28076 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
28078 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
28080 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
28081 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
28082 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
28084 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28086 ;;;***
28087 \f
28088 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
28089 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (16820
28090 ;;;;;; 16328))
28091 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
28093 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
28094 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
28096 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
28098 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
28099 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
28100 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
28102 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
28104 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
28105 Create widget of TYPE.
28106 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
28108 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28110 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
28111 Delete WIDGET.
28113 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
28115 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
28116 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
28118 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28120 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map "
" (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
28121 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
28122 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
28124 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
28125 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
28127 \(fn)" nil nil)
28129 ;;;***
28130 \f
28131 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
28132 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (16710
28133 ;;;;;; 51039))
28134 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
28136 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
28137 Select the window to the left of the current one.
28138 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
28140 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
28141 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
28142 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
28144 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28146 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
28147 Select the window above the current one.
28149 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
28150 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
28151 negative ARG) of the current window.
28152 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
28154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28156 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
28157 Select the window to the right of the current one.
28158 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
28160 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
28161 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
28162 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
28164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28166 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
28167 Select the window below the current one.
28168 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
28170 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
28171 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
28172 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
28174 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28176 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
28177 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
28178 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
28179 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
28181 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
28183 ;;;***
28184 \f
28185 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
28186 ;;;;;; (16792 36614))
28187 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
28189 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
28190 Toggle winner-mode.
28191 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28194 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
28196 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
28197 Toggle Winner mode.
28198 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
28200 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28202 ;;;***
28203 \f
28204 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
28205 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (16767 25304))
28206 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
28208 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
28209 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
28210 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
28211 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
28212 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
28213 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
28214 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
28215 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
28217 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
28218 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
28220 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
28222 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
28223 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
28225 \(fn)" t nil)
28227 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
28228 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
28229 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
28230 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
28231 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
28232 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
28233 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
28234 `woman' command for further details.
28236 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
28238 ;;;***
28239 \f
28240 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
28241 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
28242 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
28244 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
28245 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
28247 BUGS:
28248 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
28249 are not implemented
28250 - Options for search and replace
28251 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
28252 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
28254 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
28255 Emacs-like.
28257 The key bindings are:
28259 C-a backward-word
28260 C-b fill-paragraph
28261 C-c scroll-up-line
28262 C-d forward-char
28263 C-e previous-line
28264 C-f forward-word
28265 C-g delete-char
28266 C-h backward-char
28267 C-i indent-for-tab-command
28268 C-j help-for-help
28269 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
28270 C-l ws-repeat-search
28271 C-n open-line
28272 C-p quoted-insert
28273 C-r scroll-down-line
28274 C-s backward-char
28275 C-t kill-word
28276 C-u keyboard-quit
28277 C-v overwrite-mode
28278 C-w scroll-down
28279 C-x next-line
28280 C-y kill-complete-line
28281 C-z scroll-up
28283 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
28284 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
28285 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
28286 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
28287 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
28288 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
28289 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
28290 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
28291 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
28292 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
28293 C-k b ws-begin-block
28294 C-k c ws-copy-block
28295 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
28296 C-k f find-file
28297 C-k h ws-show-markers
28298 C-k i ws-indent-block
28299 C-k k ws-end-block
28300 C-k p ws-print-block
28301 C-k q kill-emacs
28302 C-k r insert-file
28303 C-k s save-some-buffers
28304 C-k t ws-mark-word
28305 C-k u ws-exdent-block
28306 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
28307 C-k v ws-move-block
28308 C-k w ws-write-block
28309 C-k x kill-emacs
28310 C-k y ws-delete-block
28312 C-o c wordstar-center-line
28313 C-o b switch-to-buffer
28314 C-o j justify-current-line
28315 C-o k kill-buffer
28316 C-o l list-buffers
28317 C-o m auto-fill-mode
28318 C-o r set-fill-column
28319 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
28320 C-o wd delete-other-windows
28321 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
28322 C-o wo other-window
28323 C-o wv split-window-vertically
28325 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
28326 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
28327 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
28328 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
28329 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
28330 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
28331 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
28332 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
28333 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
28334 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
28335 C-q a ws-query-replace
28336 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
28337 C-q c end-of-buffer
28338 C-q d end-of-line
28339 C-q f ws-search
28340 C-q k ws-to-block-end
28341 C-q l ws-undo
28342 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
28343 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
28344 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
28345 C-q w ws-last-error
28346 C-q y ws-kill-eol
28347 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
28349 \(fn)" t nil)
28351 ;;;***
28352 \f
28353 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
28354 ;;;;;; (16814 63075))
28355 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
28357 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
28358 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
28359 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
28360 Returns the top node with all its children.
28361 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
28362 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
28364 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
28366 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
28367 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
28368 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
28369 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
28370 is not well-formed XML.
28371 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
28372 and returned as the first element of the list.
28373 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
28375 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
28377 ;;;***
28378 \f
28379 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (16213
28380 ;;;;;; 43272))
28381 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
28383 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
28384 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
28385 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28386 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28389 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
28391 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
28392 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
28393 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
28395 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
28397 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28399 ;;;***
28400 \f
28401 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
28402 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (16697 49031))
28403 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
28405 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
28406 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
28408 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28410 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
28411 Extract file name from an yenc header.
28413 \(fn)" nil nil)
28415 ;;;***
28416 \f
28417 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
28418 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (16213 43281))
28419 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
28421 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
28422 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
28424 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
28426 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
28427 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
28429 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
28431 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
28432 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
28433 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
28435 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
28437 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
28438 Zippy goes to the analyst.
28440 \(fn)" t nil)
28442 ;;;***
28443 \f
28444 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (16423 23573))
28445 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
28447 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
28448 Zone out, completely.
28450 \(fn)" t nil)
28452 ;;;***
28453 \f
28454 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
28455 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (16377 12872))
28456 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
28458 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
28459 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
28461 \(fn)" t nil)
28463 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
28464 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
28466 Zone-mode does two things:
28468 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
28469 when saving the file
28471 - fontification
28473 \(fn)" t nil)
28475 ;;;***
28476 \f
28477 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "bindings.el"
28478 ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
28479 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
28480 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
28481 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
28482 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
28483 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el"
28484 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
28485 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
28486 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
28487 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
28488 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
28489 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
28490 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
28491 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el"
28492 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
28493 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
28494 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
28495 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/icalendar.el"
28496 ;;;;;; "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el"
28497 ;;;;;; "custom.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
28498 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
28499 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
28500 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
28501 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
28502 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
28503 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
28504 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
28505 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
28506 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el"
28507 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
28508 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
28509 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
28510 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28511 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
28512 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
28513 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
28514 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
28515 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
28516 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
28517 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
28518 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
28519 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
28520 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
28521 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
28522 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "filesets.el" "finder-inf.el"
28523 ;;;;;; "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
28524 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/dig.el"
28525 ;;;;;; "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
28526 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
28527 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
28528 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el"
28529 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
28530 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
28531 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
28532 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
28533 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
28534 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
28535 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
28536 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
28537 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
28538 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
28539 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
28540 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
28541 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
28542 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
28543 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
28544 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pgg-def.el"
28545 ;;;;;; "gnus/pgg-gpg.el" "gnus/pgg-parse.el" "gnus/pgg-pgp.el" "gnus/pgg-pgp5.el"
28546 ;;;;;; "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el"
28547 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
28548 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-report.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
28549 ;;;;;; "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el"
28550 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
28551 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/iso-insert.el"
28552 ;;;;;; "international/iso-swed.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
28553 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
28554 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
28555 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
28556 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
28557 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
28558 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
28559 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/swedish.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
28560 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-7.el" "international/utf-8.el"
28561 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el"
28562 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el" "language/english.el"
28563 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
28564 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el"
28565 ;;;;;; "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el" "language/korean.el"
28566 ;;;;;; "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el" "language/misc-lang.el"
28567 ;;;;;; "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el" "language/tamil.el"
28568 ;;;;;; "language/thai.el" "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el"
28569 ;;;;;; "language/vietnamese.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
28570 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el"
28571 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
28572 ;;;;;; "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
28573 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-customize.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
28574 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-index.el"
28575 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el"
28576 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-pick.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el"
28577 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el"
28578 ;;;;;; "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
28579 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
28580 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-ftp.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el"
28581 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/awk-mode.el"
28582 ;;;;;; "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el" "obsolete/mlsupport.el"
28583 ;;;;;; "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el" "obsolete/rnews.el"
28584 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el" "obsolete/sun-fns.el"
28585 ;;;;;; "obsolete/uncompress.el" "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el"
28586 ;;;;;; "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
28587 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
28588 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
28589 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
28590 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-engine.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
28591 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
28592 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
28593 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
28594 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
28595 ;;;;;; "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el" "register.el"
28596 ;;;;;; "replace.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "scroll-bar.el"
28597 ;;;;;; "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el"
28598 ;;;;;; "subr.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el" "term/apollo.el" "term/bg-mouse.el"
28599 ;;;;;; "term/bobcat.el" "term/internal.el" "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/keyswap.el"
28600 ;;;;;; "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el"
28601 ;;;;;; "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/sun.el"
28602 ;;;;;; "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el"
28603 ;;;;;; "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el"
28604 ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el"
28605 ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/w32-win.el"
28606 ;;;;;; "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
28607 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
28608 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
28609 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
28610 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
28611 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
28612 ;;;;;; "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el"
28613 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
28614 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-https.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
28615 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el"
28616 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el"
28617 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
28618 ;;;;;; "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el") (16820 23750 66854))
28620 ;;;***
28621 \f
28622 ;;; Local Variables:
28623 ;;; version-control: never
28624 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
28625 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
28626 ;;; End:
28627 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here